micorp10q_06-2010.htm
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Form 10-Q
 
          (Mark One)
[X]
QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the quarterly period ended June 30, 2010
 
OR
[  ]
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the transition period from __________ to __________
 
Commission file number  1-33488
 
MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
Wisconsin
20-8995389
(State or other jurisdiction of
(I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)
Identification No.)
 
770 North Water Street
 
Milwaukee, Wisconsin
53202
(Address of principal executive offices)
(Zip Code)
 
Registrant's telephone number, including area code:  (414) 765-7801
 
None
(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.      Yes   [X]       No   [  ]
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its Corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).      Yes   [X]       No   [  ]
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
 Large accelerated filer   [X]      Accelerated filer    [  ]   Non-accelerated filer   [  ] (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)     Small reporting company [  ]
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).     Yes   [  ]       No   [X]
 
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer's classes of common stock as of the latest practicable date.
   
Class
Outstanding at July 31, 2010
Common Stock, $1.00 Par Value
527,619,615
   
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
QUARTERLY REPORT ON FORM 10-Q
FOR THE QUARTERLY PERIOD ENDED JUNE 30, 2010

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Page
   
   
PART II. OTHER INFORMATION
 
   
   
   
 

 
 
1

 
 
PART I - FINANCIAL INFORMATION

ITEM 1.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Unaudited)
($000’s except share data)

   
June 30,
   
December 31,
   
June 30,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2009
 
Assets:
                 
Cash and cash equivalents:
                 
Cash and due from banks
  $ 663,270     $ 769,034     $ 796,981  
Federal funds sold and security resale agreements
    22,891       26,839       27,670  
Money market funds
    47,377       36,610       37,236  
Total cash and cash equivalents
    733,538       832,483       861,887  
Interest bearing deposits at other banks
    766,677       1,128,794       850,704  
Trading assets, at fair value
    298,610       255,646       261,117  
Investment securities:
                       
Available for sale, at fair value
    6,858,544       6,678,311       5,594,967  
Federal Reserve Bank stock and FHLB stock, at cost
    379,261       395,281       386,036  
Held to maturity, fair value $94,356 ($106,962 at December 31, 2009 and $148,029 at June 30, 2009)
    91,027       103,566       144,282  
Loans held for sale
    229,107       214,159       423,210  
                         
Loans and leases
    41,088,379       44,003,467       47,759,934  
Allowance for loan and lease losses
    (1,516,780 )     (1,480,470 )     (1,367,782 )
Net loans and leases
    39,571,599       42,522,997       46,392,152  
Premises and equipment, net
    552,985       565,806       572,720  
Goodwill
    609,517       609,517       611,728  
Other intangible assets
    124,801       134,067       145,580  
Bank-owned life insurance
    1,211,910       1,189,360       1,173,765  
Other real estate owned (OREO)
    445,501       430,821       356,790  
Accrued interest and other assets
    2,030,816       2,149,170       1,918,765  
Total Assets
  $ 53,903,893     $ 57,209,978     $ 59,693,703  
                         
Liabilities and Equity:
                       
Deposits:
                       
Noninterest bearing
  $ 7,489,355     $ 7,832,752     $ 7,847,624  
Interest bearing
    32,072,698       33,804,773       33,344,721  
Total deposits
    39,562,053       41,637,525       41,192,345  
Federal funds purchased and security repurchase agreements
    878,242       520,905       631,902  
Other short-term borrowings
    78,316       599,242       843,021  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    1,023,212       1,040,860       1,134,451  
Long-term borrowings
    5,604,550       6,425,855       9,297,487  
Total Liabilities
    47,146,373       50,224,387       53,099,206  
                         
Equity:
                       
Preferred stock, $1.00 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized; 1,715,000 shares issued and outstanding of Senior Preferred Stock, Series B (liquidation preference of $1,000 per share)
    1,715       1,715       1,715  
Common stock, $1.00 par value; 530,164,081 shares issued (530,164,081 shares at December 31, 2009 and 373,764,081 shares at June 30, 2009)
    530,164       530,164       373,764  
Additional paid-in capital
    4,957,471       4,997,606       4,287,733  
Retained earnings
    1,341,177       1,666,021       2,182,808  
Treasury stock, at cost:  2,600,972 shares (4,793,885 shares at December 31, 2009 and 5,644,436 shares at June 30, 2009)
    (67,762 )     (132,191 )     (155,914 )
Deferred compensation
    (38,045 )     (37,538 )     (36,945 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of related taxes
    22,163       (51,321 )     (69,390 )
Total Marshall & Ilsley Corporation shareholders' equity
    6,746,883       6,974,456       6,583,771  
Noncontrolling interest in subsidiaries
    10,637       11,135       10,726  
Total Equity
    6,757,520       6,985,591       6,594,497  
Total Liabilities and Equity
  $ 53,903,893     $ 57,209,978     $ 59,693,703  
                         
See notes to financial statements.
                       


 
2


MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (Unaudited)
($000’s except per share data)


   
Three Months Ended June 30,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
Interest and fee income
           
Loans and leases
  $ 500,274     $ 557,163  
Investment securities:
               
Taxable
    47,940       57,414  
Exempt from federal income taxes
    8,882       11,542  
Trading securities
    134       1,989  
Short-term investments
    1,084       400  
Total interest and fee income
    558,314       628,508  
Interest expense
               
Deposits
    106,569       138,273  
Short-term borrowings
    403       2,881  
Long-term borrowings
    49,442       95,530  
Total interest expense
    156,414       236,684  
Net interest income
    401,900       391,824  
Provision for loan and lease losses
    439,899       618,992  
Net interest income (loss) after provision for loan and lease losses
    (37,999 )     (227,168 )
Other income
               
Wealth management
    69,897       65,837  
Service charges on deposits
    33,218       34,055  
Gain on sale of mortgage loans
    7,070       16,754  
Other mortgage banking revenue
    719       1,292  
Net investment securities gains (losses)
    3,729       82,665  
Bank-owned life insurance revenue
    11,780       7,962  
Gain on termination of debt
    900       9,242  
Other
    46,646       46,926  
Total other income
    173,959       264,733  
Other expense
               
Salaries and employee benefits
    185,319       187,238  
Net occupancy and equipment
    32,974       32,437  
Software expenses
    8,592       7,015  
Processing charges
    32,155       33,812  
Supplies, printing, postage and delivery
    8,556       8,930  
FDIC insurance
    26,636       49,233  
Professional services
    26,715       21,997  
Amortization of intangibles
    5,042       5,843  
Net OREO expenses
    25,643       33,310  
Other
    35,989       32,376  
Total other expense
    387,621       412,191  
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (251,661 )     (374,626 )
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    (103,468 )     (166,143 )
Net income (loss) before noncontrolling interests
    (148,193 )     (208,483 )
Less:  Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
    (368 )     (472 )
Net income (loss) attributable to Marshall & Ilsley Corporation
    (148,561 )     (208,955 )
Preferred dividends
    (25,238 )     (25,013 )
Net income (loss) attributable to Marshall & Ilsley Corporation common shareholders
  $ (173,799 )   $ (233,968 )
Per share attributable to Marshall & Ilsley Corporation common shareholders
               
Basic
  $ (0.33 )   $ (0.83 )
Diluted
  $ (0.33 )   $ (0.83 )
Dividends paid per common share
  $ 0.01     $ 0.01  
Weighted average common shares outstanding (000's):
               
Basic
    524,325       280,836  
Diluted
    524,325       280,836  
                 
See notes to financial statements.
               
 

 
 
3

 
MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (Unaudited)
($000’s except per share data)


   
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
Interest and fee income
           
Loans and leases
  $ 1,009,847     $ 1,123,497  
Investment securities:
               
Taxable
    97,310       120,531  
Exempt from federal income taxes
    18,268       23,797  
Trading securities
    317       3,438  
Short-term investments
    2,170       1,028  
Total interest and fee income
    1,127,912       1,272,291  
Interest expense
               
Deposits
    219,133       276,362  
Short-term borrowings
    1,080       6,873  
Long-term borrowings
    102,334       195,486  
Total interest expense
    322,547       478,721  
Net interest income
    805,365       793,570  
Provision for loan and lease losses
    898,011       1,096,916  
Net interest income (loss) after provision for loan and lease losses
    (92,646 )     (303,346 )
Other income
               
Wealth management
    137,989       128,519  
Service charges on deposits
    65,317       69,368  
Gain on sale of mortgage loans
    12,730       26,568  
Other mortgage banking revenue
    1,411       2,285  
Net investment securities gains (losses)
    3,831       82,737  
Bank-owned life insurance revenue
    22,574       17,278  
Gain on termination of debt
    11,196       12,298  
Sale of merchant portfolio processing
    48,272       -  
Other
    92,299       100,127  
Total other income
    395,619       439,180  
Other expense
               
Salaries and employee benefits
    346,917       342,426  
Net occupancy and equipment
    67,076       66,230  
Software expenses
    16,494       13,613  
Processing charges
    64,237       67,534  
Supplies, printing, postage and delivery
    16,710       18,024  
FDIC insurance
    53,890       64,337  
Professional services
    47,505       41,178  
Amortization of intangibles
    10,182       11,637  
Net OREO expenses
    57,243       63,674  
Other
    72,954       66,436  
Total other expense
    753,208       755,089  
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (450,235 )     (619,255 )
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    (187,073 )     (319,125 )
Net income (loss) before noncontrolling interests
    (263,162 )     (300,130 )
Less:  Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
    (757 )     (791 )
Net loss attributable to Marshall & Ilsley Corporation
    (263,919 )     (300,921 )
Preferred dividends
    (50,418 )     (49,972 )
Net loss attributable to Marshall & Ilsley Corporation common shareholders
  $ (314,337 )   $ (350,893 )
Per share attributable to Marshall & Ilsley Corporation common shareholders
               
Basic
  $ (0.60 )   $ (1.29 )
Diluted
  $ (0.60 )   $ (1.29 )
Dividends paid per common share
  $ 0.02     $ 0.02  
Weighted average common shares outstanding (000's):
               
Basic
    524,206       272,735  
Diluted
    524,206       272,735  
                 
See notes to financial statements.
               

 
 
4

 
MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Unaudited)
($000’s)


   
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities
  $ 656,198     $ 481,863  
                 
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
               
Net decrease (increase) in short-term investments
    362,117       (841,019 )
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale
    67,262       949,846  
Proceeds from redemptions of Federal Reserve Bank stock and FHLB stock
    32,663       37,450  
Proceeds from maturities of securities available for sale
    680,881       813,145  
Proceeds from maturities of securities held to maturity
    27,482       94,491  
Purchases of securities available for sale
    (826,239 )     (332,936 )
Purchases of Federal Reserve Bank stock and FHLB stock
    (16,643 )     (83,707 )
Net decrease in loans and leases
    1,766,358       755,822  
Purchases of premises and equipment, net
    (12,827 )     (31,530 )
Cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash and cash equivalents acquired
    (1,968 )     (479 )
Proceeds from sale of merchant portfolio processing
    48,272       -  
Net proceeds from sale of OREO
    192,683       118,687  
Net cash provided by investing activities
    2,320,041       1,479,770  
                 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
               
Net (decrease) increase in deposits
    (1,995,205 )     169,954  
Net decrease in short-term borrowings
    (173,598 )     (2,579,826 )
Proceeds from issuance of long-term borrowings
    -       375  
Payments of long-term borrowings
    (854,991 )     (274,093 )
Dividends paid on preferred stock
    (42,875 )     (43,113 )
Dividends paid on common stock
    (10,507 )     (5,288 )
Proceeds from the issuance of common stock
    3,053       560,223  
Other
    (1,061 )     (385 )
Net cash used in financing activities
    (3,075,184 )     (2,172,153 )
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
    (98,945 )     (210,520 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
    832,483       1,072,407  
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
  $ 733,538     $ 861,887  
                 
Supplemental Cash Flow Information:
               
Cash paid / (received) during the period for:
               
Interest
  $ 350,768     $ 492,771  
Income taxes
    (135,985 )     (118,747 )
 
See notes to financial statements
 
 
5

 
MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
Notes to Financial Statements
June 30, 2010 & 2009 (Unaudited)

1.  
Basis of Presentation

 
The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with Marshall & Ilsley Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009.  In management’s opinion, the unaudited financial information included in this report reflects all adjustments consisting of normal recurring accruals which are necessary for a fair statement of the financial position and results of operations as of and for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009.  The results of operations for the three and six  months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the entire year.

 
Prior to 2010, the Corporation had presented investments in Federal Reserve Bank stock and FHLB stock within Investment Securities Available for Sale on the consolidated balance sheet.  During 2010, the Corporation determined that investments in Federal Reserve Bank stock and FHLB stock should be separately presented on the consolidated balance sheet.  As a result, the accompanying 2009 consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of cash flows have been restated to present investments in Federal Reserve Bank stock and FHLB stock separately from Investment Securities Available for Sale.

 
Prior to 2010, the Corporation had presented gains on sale of other real estate owned (“OREO”) within Other income as OREO income.  During 2010, the Corporation determined that gains on sale of OREO should be presented net along with OREO expenses in the consolidated statements of income.  As a result, the accompanying 2009 consolidated statements of income and related disclosures have been restated to present gains on sale of OREO along with OREO expenses in Net OREO expenses.


2.  
New Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2010 the FASB issued new accounting guidance that will require additional disclosures in the notes to the financial statements regarding the nature of credit risk inherent in the loan and lease portfolio, how that credit risk is analyzed and assessed in arriving at the allowance for credit losses and the changes in the loan portfolio and the allowance for credit losses.  For the Corporation, period end disclosures will be required as of December 31, 2010 and disclosures about activity that occurs during the period will be initially required for the three months ended March 31, 2011.  The Corporation is in the process of evaluating the impact of the additional disclosure requirements.

Effective January 1, 2010 the Corporation adopted updated accounting guidance to the Transfers and Servicing Topic and the Consolidations Topic of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification.  Changes to the Transfers and Servicing Topic eliminated the concept of a qualifying special-purpose entity (“QSPE”), change the requirements for derecognizing financial assets, and require additional disclosures regarding an entity’s continuing involvement in and exposure to risks related to transferred financial assets. The changes to the Consolidations Topic replace the quantitative approach previously required for determining which enterprise should consolidate a variable interest entity with a consolidation approach focused on which enterprise has both the power to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses of the entity that could potentially be significant to the entity or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the entity. The updated Consolidations Topic also requires ongoing reassessments of whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity, and eliminated the scope exception that a troubled debt restructuring, as defined by the Debt Topic, is not an event that required reconsideration of whether an entity is a variable interest entity and whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity.  The adoption of this updated accounting guidance did not have a material impact on the Corporation’s financial statements and related disclosures.

 
 
6

 
MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2010 & 2009 (Unaudited)

 
In January 2010, the FASB updated the disclosure guidance in the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic. This update clarifies certain existing disclosure requirements and requires separate disclosures of significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy along with descriptions of the reasons for the transfers.  In addition, information about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements should be presented separately for Level 3 disclosures. The updated guidance was effective beginning on January 1, 2010, except for the disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements of Level 3 fair value measurements. Those disclosures are effective beginning on January 1, 2011.  The impact of the updated disclosure guidance is reflected in Note 3 - Fair Value Measurements.

3.  
Fair Value Measurements

 
The Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic of the Codification generally apply whenever other topics require or permit assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value.  Under the topic, fair value refers to the price at the measurement date that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants in which the reporting entity is engaged.  The topic does not expand the use of fair value in any new circumstances.

 
Fair-Value Hierarchy

 
The Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic of the Codification establishes a three-tier hierarchy for fair value measurements based upon the transparency of the inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability and expands the disclosures about instruments measured at fair value.  A financial instrument is categorized in its entirety and its categorization within the hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.  The three levels are described below.

 
Level 1- Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

 
Level 2- Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.  Fair values for these instruments are estimated using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics or discounted cash flows.

 
Level 3- Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.  Fair values are initially valued based upon transaction price and are adjusted to reflect exit values as evidenced by financing and sale transactions with third parties.

 
Determination of Fair Value

 
The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy.

 
Trading Assets and Investment Securities

 
When available, the Corporation uses quoted market prices to determine the fair value of trading assets and investment securities; such items are classified in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

 
For the Corporation’s investments in government agencies, residential mortgage-backed securities and obligations of states and political subdivisions where quoted prices are not available for identical securities in an active market, the Corporation determines fair value utilizing vendors who apply matrix pricing for similar bonds where no price is observable or may compile prices from various sources.  These models are primarily industry-standard models that consider various assumptions, including time value, yield curve, volatility factors, prepayment speeds, default rates, loss severity, current market and contractual prices for the underlying financial instruments, as well as other relevant economic measures.  Substantially all of these assumptions are observable in the marketplace, can be derived from observable data or are supported by observable levels at which transactions are executed in the marketplace.  Fair values from these models are verified, where possible, against quoted prices for recent trading activity of assets with similar characteristics to the security being valued.  Such methods are generally classified as Level 2.  However, when prices from independent sources vary, cannot be obtained or cannot be corroborated, a security is generally classified as Level 3.
 
 
 
7

 
MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2010 & 2009 (Unaudited)

 
The Corporation’s Private Equity investments generally take the form of investments in private equity funds.  The private equity investments are valued using the valuations and financial statements provided by the general partners on a quarterly basis.  The transaction price is used as the best estimate of fair value at inception.  When evidence supports a change to the carrying value from the transaction price, adjustments are made to reflect expected exit values. These nonpublic investments are included in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy because they trade infrequently and, therefore, the fair value is unobservable.

 
Estimated fair values for residual interests in the form of interest only strips from automobile loan securitizations are based on a discounted cash flow analysis and are classified as a Level 3.  There were no automobile loan securitizations outstanding at June 30, 2010.

 
Derivative Financial Instruments

 
Fair values for exchange-traded contracts are based on quoted prices and are classified as Level 1.  Fair values for over-the-counter interest rate contracts are provided either by third-party dealers in the contracts or by quotes provided by the Corporation’s independent pricing services.  The significant inputs, including the LIBOR curve and measures of volatility, used by these third-party dealers or independent pricing services to determine fair values are considered Level 2, observable market inputs.

 
Certain derivative transactions are executed with counterparties who are large financial institutions (“dealers”).  These derivative transactions primarily consist of interest rate swaps that are used for fair value hedges, cash flow hedges and economic hedges of interest rate swaps executed with the Corporation’s customers.  The Corporation and its subsidiaries maintain risk management policies and procedures to monitor and limit exposure to credit risk to derivative transactions with dealers.  Approved dealers for these transactions must have and maintain an investment grade rating on long-term senior debt from at least two nationally recognized statistical rating organizations or have a guarantor with an acceptable rating from such organizations.  International Swaps and Derivative Association Master Agreements (“ISDA”) and Credit Support Annexes (“CSA”) are employed for all contracts with dealers.  These agreements contain bilateral collateral arrangements.  Notwithstanding its policies and procedures, the Corporation recognizes that unforeseen events could result in counterparty failure.  The Corporation also recognizes that there could be additional credit exposure due to certain industry conventions established for operational efficiencies.

 
On a quarterly basis, the Corporation performs an analysis using historical and market implied default and recovery rates that also consider certain industry conventions established for operational efficiencies to estimate the potential impact on the reported fair values of these derivative financial assets and liabilities due to counterparty credit risk and the Corporation’s own credit risk.  Based on this analysis, the Corporation determined that the impact of these factors was insignificant and did not make any additional credit risk adjustments for purposes of determining the reported fair values of these derivative assets and liabilities with dealers at June 30, 2010.
 
 
 
Certain derivative transactions are executed with customers whose counterparty credit risk is similar in nature to the credit risk associated with the Corporation’s lending activities.  As is the case with a loan, the Corporation evaluates the credit risk of each of these customers on an individual basis and, where deemed appropriate, collateral is obtained.  The type of collateral varies and is often the same collateral as the collateral obtained to secure a customer’s loan.  For purposes of assessing the potential impact of counterparty credit risk on the fair values of derivative assets with customers, the Corporation used a probability analysis to estimate the amount of expected loss exposure due to customer default at some point in the remaining term of the entire portfolio of customer derivative contracts outstanding at June 30, 2010.  While not significant, the Corporation did factor the estimated amount of expected loss due to customer default in the reported fair value of its customer derivative assets at June 30, 2010.
 
 
 
8

 
MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2010 & 2009 (Unaudited)

 
Loans Held for Sale

Beginning in the second quarter of 2010, the Corporation elected to account for certain residential mortgage loans held for sale into the secondary market at fair value.  The fair value of those mortgage loans held for sale was determined using current secondary market prices for loans with similar interest rates, maturities and credit quality and are classified as Level 2.

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are categorized in the tables below based upon the lowest level of significant input to the valuations ($000’s):
 

As of June 30, 2010
 
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets or Liabilities (Level 1)
   
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
   
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
 
Assets (1)
                 
Trading Assets:
                 
Trading securities
  $ -     $ 16,873     $ -  
Derivative assets
    -       281,737       -  
Total trading assets
  $ -     $ 298,610     $ -  
Investment securities available for sale (2)
                       
U.S. treasury
  $ -     $ 2,295     $ -  
U.S. government agencies
    -       5,572,161       -  
States and political subdivisions
    -       764,579       42,915  
Residential mortgage backed securities
    -       188,815       -  
Corporate notes
    -       -       -  
Asset backed securities
    -       52,795       99,893  
Equity
    8       -       -  
Private equity investments
    -       -       70,982  
Total investment securities available for sale
  $ 8     $ 6,580,645     $ 213,790  
                         
Residential mortgage loans held for sale
  $ -     $ 5,793     $ -  
Accrued interest and other assets:
                       
Financial guarantees - credit protection purchased
  $ -     $ 8     $ -  
Liabilities (1)
                       
Other short-term borrowings
  $ -     $ 109     $ -  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities:
                       
Derivative liabilities
  $ -     $ 250,632     $ 9,616  
Financial guarantees - credit protection sold
    -       1,446       -  
Total accrued expenses and other liabilities
  $ -     $ 252,078     $ 9,616  


 
9

 
MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2010 & 2009 (Unaudited)

As of December 31, 2009
 
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets or Liabilities (Level 1)
   
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
   
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
 
Assets (1)
                 
Trading Assets:
                 
Trading securities
  $ -     $ 29,993     $ -  
Derivative assets
    -       225,653       -  
Total trading assets
  $ -     $ 255,646     $ -  
                         
Investment securities available for sale (2)
                       
U.S. treasury
  $ -     $ 7,379     $ -  
U.S. government agencies
    -       5,247,974       64,561  
States and political subdivisions
    -       802,023       41,979  
Residential mortgage backed securities
    -       220,610       -  
Corporate notes
    -       -       10,000  
Asset backed securities
    -       949       153,271  
Foreign
    -       3,025       1,385  
Equity
    135       -       -  
Private equity investments
    -       -       68,482  
Total investment securities available for sale
  $ 135     $ 6,281,960     $ 339,678  
                         
Accrued interest and other assets:
                       
Financial guarantees - credit protection purchased
  $ -     $ 13     $ -  
                         
Liabilities (1)
                       
Other short-term borrowings
  $ -     $ 14,604     $ -  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities:
                       
Derivative liabilities
  $ -     $ 195,003     $ 11,600  
Financial guarantees - credit protection sold
    -       198       -  
Total accrued expenses and other liabilities
  $ -     $ 195,201     $ 11,600  


 
10

 
MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2010 & 2009 (Unaudited)

As of June 30, 2009
 
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets or Liabilities (Level 1)
   
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
   
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
 
Assets (1)
                 
Trading Assets:
                 
Trading securities
  $ -     $ 18,484     $ -  
Derivative assets
    121       242,512       -  
Total trading assets
  $ 121     $ 260,996     $ -  
                         
Investment securities available for sale (2)
                       
U.S. treasury
  $ -     $ 2,313     $ -  
U.S. government agencies
    -       3,989,830       10  
States and political subdivisions
    -       881,694       12,279  
Residential mortgage backed securities
    -       257,888       -  
Corporate notes
    -       145,510       10,000  
Asset backed securities
    -       1,228       160,889  
Foreign
    -       2,375       1,381  
Equity
    106       -       -  
Private equity investments
    -       -       70,517  
Other
    -       -       4,945  
Total investment securities available for sale
  $ 106     $ 5,280,838     $ 260,021  
                         
Liabilities (1)
                       
Other short-term borrowings
  $ -     $ 210     $ -  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities:
                       
Derivative liabilities
  $ -     $ 200,875     $ 14,743  


(1)  
The amounts presented above exclude certain over-the-counter interest rate swaps that are the designated hedging instruments in fair value and cash flow hedges that are used by the Corporation to manage its interest rate risk.  These interest rate swaps are measured at fair value on a recurring basis based on significant other observable inputs and are categorized as Level 2.  See Note 12 – Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities in Notes to Financial Statements for further information.  Level 3 derivative liabilities represent the fair value of the derivative financial instrument entered into in conjunction with the sale of the Corporation’s shares of Visa, Inc. (“Visa”) Class B common stock.  See Note 15 – Guarantees in Notes to Financial Statements for additional information regarding Visa.

(2)  
The investment securities included in Level 3 are primarily senior tranche asset-backed securities.  The amounts presented are exclusive of $64,101, $56,538 and $54,002 in affordable housing partnerships at June 30, 2010, December 31, 2009, and June 30, 2009 respectively, which are generally carried on the equity method.

 
 
11

 
MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2010 & 2009 (Unaudited)

Level 3 Gains and Losses

 
The table presented below summarizes the change in balance sheet carrying values associated with financial instruments measured using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) during the six months ended June 30, 2010 ($000’s):

   
Investment
Securities (1)
 
Private Equity 
Investments (2)
 
Total
 
Derivative
Liabilities
 
Balance at December 31, 2009
  $ 271,196     $ 68,482     $ 339,678     $ 11,600  
Net payments, purchases and sales
    (370 )     1,402       1,032       -  
Discount accretion
    (8 )     -       (8 )     -  
Transfers out of Level 3
    (140,483 )     -       (140,483 )     -  
Total gains or losses (realized or unrealized):
 
Included in earnings
    -       802       802       -  
Included in other comprehensive income
    (1,058 )     -       (1,058 )     -  
Balance at March 31, 2010
  $ 129,277     $ 70,686     $ 199,963     $ 11,600  
                                 
Net payments, purchases and sales
    (393 )     (759 )     (1,152 )     (1,984 )
Discount accretion
    13       -       13       -  
Transfers in to Level 3
    12,008       -       12,008       -  
Total gains or losses (realized or unrealized):
 
Included in earnings
    -       1,055       1,055       -  
Included in other comprehensive income
    1,903       -       1,903       -  
Balance at June 30, 2010
  $ 142,808     $ 70,982     $ 213,790     $ 9,616  
                                 
Unrealized gains or (losses) for the period included in earnings attributable to unrealized gains or losses for financial instruments still held at June 30, 2010
  $ -     $ 2,730     $ 2,730       -  


(1)  
Unrealized changes in fair value for available-for-sale investments (debt securities) are recorded in other comprehensive income, while gains and losses from sales are recorded in Net investment securities gains (losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

(2)  
Private equity investments are generally recorded at fair value.  Accordingly, both unrealized changes in fair value and gains or losses from sales are included in Net investment securities gains (losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

At June 30, 2010, securities were transferred to Level 3 as the Corporation determined that it could not obtain a sufficient number of observable inputs in the form of market or broker quotes to substantiate a level 2 classification. At March 31, 2010, $62,140 of highly-rated asset backed securities and $66,692 of Government National Mortgage Association securities were transferred to Level 2 as significant inputs to the pricing model used to value these securities became observable in the marketplace, could be derived from observable data or the values could be supported by observable levels at which transactions were executed in the marketplace.
 
 
 
12

 
MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2010 & 2009 (Unaudited)
 
Level 3 Gains and Losses

 
The table presented below summarizes the change in balance sheet carrying values associated with financial instruments measured using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) during the six months ended June 30, 2009 ($000’s):


   
Investment
Securities (1)
 
Private Equity
Investments (2)
 
Other Assets
 
Total
 
Derivative
Liabilities
 
Balance at December 31, 2008
  $ 135,953     $ 65,288     $ 5,903     $ 207,144     $ -  
Net payments, purchases and sales
    (1,008 )     706       (255 )     (557 )     -  
Discount accretion
    49       -       160       209       -  
Net transfers in and/or out of Level 3
    (2,860 )     -       -       (2,860 )     -  
Total gains or losses (realized or unrealized):
 
Included in earnings
    -       228       52       280       -  
Included in other comprehensive income
    34,993       -       (606 )     34,387       -  
Balance at March 31, 2009
  $ 167,127     $ 66,222     $ 5,254     $ 238,603     $ -  
                                         
Net payments, purchases and sales
    (1,048 )     426       (194 )     (816 )     -  
Discount accretion/(premium amortization)
    41       -       148       189       -  
Net transfers in and/or out of Level 3
    -       -       -       -       -  
Total gains or losses (realized or unrealized):
 
Included in earnings
    -       3,869       10       3,879       14,743  
Included in other comprehensive income
    18,439       -       (273 )     18,166       -  
Balance at June 30, 2009
  $ 184,559     $ 70,517     $ 4,945     $ 260,021     $ 14,743  
                                         
Unrealized gains or losses for the period included in earnings attributable to unrealized gains or losses for financial instruments still held at  June 30, 2009
  $ -     $ 3,865     $ -     $ 3,865     $ (14,743 )

(1)  
Unrealized changes in fair value for available-for-sale investments (debt securities) are recorded in other comprehensive income, while gains and losses from sales are recorded in Net investment securities gains (losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

(2)  
Private equity investments are generally recorded at fair value.  Accordingly, both unrealized changes in fair value and gains or losses from sales are included in Net investment securities gains (losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 
 
13

 
MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2010 & 2009 (Unaudited)

 
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

 
Certain assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.  These assets are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis; however, they are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances, such as when there is evidence of impairment or a change in the amount of a previously recognized impairment.

Net losses related to nonrecurring fair value measurements of certain assets for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 consisted of the following ($000’s):


   
Quoted Prices in
   
Significant
                         
   
Active Markets
   
Other
   
Significant
                   
   
for Identical
   
Observable
   
Unobservable
         
Net Losses
 
   
Assets
   
Inputs
   
Inputs
         
Three Months Ended
   
Six Months Ended
 
   
(Level 1)
   
(Level 2)
   
(Level 3)
   
Total
   
June 30, 2010
   
June 30, 2010
 
Loans held for sale
  $ -     $ 21,617     $ -     $ 21,617     $ 5,231     $ 12,467  
Impaired loans
    -       -       671,323       671,323       227,887       438,806  
Other real estate owned
    -       -       140,988       140,988       13,577       32,551  
   Total
  $ -     $ 21,617     $ 812,311     $ 833,928     $ 246,695     $ 483,824  

 
Net losses related to nonrecurring fair value measurements of certain assets for the three and six months ended June 30, 2009 consisted of the following ($000’s):


   
Quoted Prices in
   
Significant
                         
   
Active Markets
   
Other
   
Significant
                   
   
for Identical
   
Observable
   
Unobservable
         
Net Losses
 
   
Assets
   
Inputs
   
Inputs
 
       
Three Months Ended
   
Six Months Ended
 
   
(Level 1)
   
(Level 2)
   
(Level 3)
   
Total
   
June 30, 2009
   
June 30, 2009
 
Loans held for sale
  $ -     $ 13,748     $ -     $ 13,748     $ -     $ 11,587  
Impaired loans
    -       -       981,109       981,109       304,347       513,087  
Other real estate owned
    -       -       108,724       108,724       22,226       44,973  
   Total
  $ -     $ 13,748     $ 1,089,833     $ 1,103,581     $ 326,573     $ 569,647  

Loans held for sale are recorded at lower of cost or market or fair value.  Loans held for sale that are carried at lower of cost or market are reported at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.  Such fair values are generally based on bids and are considered Level 2 fair values.

Adjustments for loans held for sale that are carried at lower of cost or market represent additional net write-downs during the period presented to record the loans at the lower of cost or fair value subsequent to their initial classification as loans held for sale.

Nonaccrual loans greater than $1.0 million were individually evaluated for impairment.  Impairment was measured based on the fair value of the collateral less estimated selling costs or the fair value of the loan (“collateral value method”).  All consumer-related renegotiated loans were evaluated for impairment based on the present value of the estimated cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate (“discounted cash flow method”).  A valuation allowance was recorded for the excess of the loan’s recorded investment over the amount determined by either the collateral value method or the discounted cash flow method.  This valuation allowance is a component of the Allowance for loan and lease losses.  The discounted cash flow method is not a fair value measure.  For the collateral value method, the Corporation generally obtains appraisals to support the fair value of collateral underlying loans.  Appraisals incorporate measures such as recent sales prices for comparable properties and costs of construction.  The Corporation considers these fair values Level 3.  
 
 
14

 
MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2010 & 2009 (Unaudited)
 
 
Losses on impaired loans represent net write-downs during the periods presented on impaired loans that were individually evaluated for impairment based on the estimated fair value of the collateral less estimated selling costs, excluding impaired loans fully charged off.

 
OREO is recorded at fair value based on property appraisals, less estimated selling costs, at the date of transfer. Subsequent to transfer, OREO is carried at the lower of cost or fair value, less estimated selling costs. The carrying value of OREO is not re-measured to fair value on a recurring basis but is subject to fair value adjustments when the carrying value exceeds the fair value, less estimated selling costs.
 
 
 
Losses on OREO represent the net write-downs during the periods presented where the carrying value of the foreclosed real estate exceeded the current fair value less estimated selling costs of the foreclosed real estate subsequent to their initial classification as foreclosed assets.

 
 
15

 
MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2010 & 2009 (Unaudited)
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 
Book values and estimated fair values for on and off-balance sheet financial instruments are presented in the following table.  Derivative financial instruments designated as hedging instruments are included in the book values and fair values presented for the related hedged items.  Derivative financial instruments designated as trading and other free standing derivatives are included in Trading assets.

Balance Sheet Financial Instruments ($ in millions)
 
 
 

   
June 30, 2010
   
June 30, 2009
 
   
Book Value
   
Fair Value
   
Book Value
   
Fair Value
 
             
Financial assets:
                       
Cash and short term investments
  $ 1,500.2     $ 1,500.2     $ 1,712.6     $ 1,712.6  
Trading assets
    298.6       298.6       261.1       261.1  
Investment securities available for sale
    6,858.5       6,858.5       5,595.0       5,595.0  
Federal Reserve Bank stock and FHLB stock, at cost
    379.3       379.3       386.0       386.0  
Investment securities held to maturity
    91.0       94.4       144.3       148.0  
Net loans and leases
    39,800.7       35,782.7       46,815.4       42,203.5  
Interest receivable
    155.7       155.7       180.2       180.2  
Financial guarantees - credit protection purchased
    -       -       -       -  
                                 
Financial liabilities:
                               
Deposits
  $ 39,562.1     $ 39,823.8     $ 41,192.3     $ 41,584.0  
Short-term borrowings
    956.6       956.3       1,474.9       1,481.2  
Long-term borrowings
    5,604.6       5,492.9       9,297.5       8,662.3  
Derivative liabilities
    260.2       260.2       215.6       215.6  
Interest payable
    129.4       129.4       226.0       226.0  
    Financial guarantees - credit protection sold
    1.4       1.4       -       -  


 
Quoted market prices are utilized by the Corporation for determining fair value, where readily available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques.  These techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows.  The calculated fair value estimates, therefore, cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, could not be realized upon immediate settlement of the instrument.  The current reporting requirements exclude certain financial instruments and all nonfinancial assets and liabilities from its disclosure requirements.  Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not represent the underlying value of the entire Corporation.

 
The following methods and assumptions are used in estimating the fair value for financial instruments.

 
Cash and short-term investments
 
The carrying amounts reported for cash and short-term investments approximate the fair values for those assets.

Trading assets and investment securities
Fair value is based on market prices where available.  The fair value of trading assets and investment securities are categorized as Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3, based on the inputs to the valuations.

 
 
16

 
MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2010 & 2009 (Unaudited)
 
Net loans and leases
The fair value of loans and leases was derived from discounted cash flow analyses.  Loans and leases as of  June 30, 2010 were grouped into 1,816 pools based on similar characteristics such as maturity, payment type and payment frequency, rate type and underlying index, recent loan-to-value (LTV) measures and various types of credit indicators such as recent FICO scores and the Corporation’s internal loan rating system.  Credit spreads were derived from observable information wherever possible.  In cases where observable information was not available because of inactive markets or the change in the loan characteristics such as declining collateral values, certain adjustments were judgmentally made to estimate credit spreads consistent with the manner the Corporation believes market participants would assess the fair value of the loan pool.  The Corporation has estimated that increasing or decreasing the credit spreads by the equivalent of a 2 credit rating adjustment could affect the aggregate fair value of the loans and leases by approximately $0.8 billion or 1.8% of the net carrying value of total loans and leases at June 30, 2010.  The fair value of loans held for sale is based on the expected sales price.  At June 30, 2010, the fair value of net loans and leases is considered Level 2 and Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

Deposits
The fair value for demand deposits or any interest bearing deposits with no fixed maturity date is considered to approximate carrying value.  Time deposits with defined maturity dates are considered to have a fair value which approximates the book value if the maturity date was within three months of the measurement date.  The remaining time deposits are assigned fair values based on a discounted cash flow analysis using discount rates that approximate interest rates currently being offered on time deposits with comparable maturities.  At June 30, 2010, the fair value of deposits is considered Level 2 in the Fair Value Hierarchy.

Borrowings
Short-term borrowings are generally carried at cost that approximates fair value.  Long-term debt is valued using discounted cash flow analysis with discount curves developed using several methods.  Wherever possible, the Corporation uses pricing from industry accepted services or recently observed transactions in the Corporation’s long-term debt to develop the discounting curves.  The observed transactions are between unaffiliated parties where there has been sufficient transaction volume to conclude that the observed pricing is representative of the fair value of the long-term debt obligation.  In the absence of representative observed transactions, the Corporation develops discount curves based on current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of arrangements.  At June 30, 2010, the fair value of borrowings is considered Level 2 in the Fair Value Hierarchy.


Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments
 
 
Fair values of off-balance sheet financial instruments have been estimated based on the equivalent fees, net of expenses, that would be charged for similar contracts and customers ($ in millions):


             
     June 30,  
   
2010
   
2009
 
Loan commitments
  $ 8.2     $ 14.2  
Commercial letters of credit
    0.3       0.5  
Standby letters of credit
    7.2       10.9  
 

 
17

 
MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2010 & 2009 (Unaudited)

 
4.  
Comprehensive Income

 
The following tables present the Corporation’s comprehensive income ($000’s):


   
Three Months Ended June 30, 2010
 
   
Before-Tax
Amount
   
Tax (Expense)
Benefit
   
Net-of-Tax 
Amount
 
Net loss before noncontrolling interests
              $ (148,193 )
Other comprehensive income (loss):
                   
Unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale investment securities:
                   
Arising during the period
  $ 88,991     $ (32,967 )   $ 56,024  
Reclassification for securities transactions included in net income
    (2,391 )     890       (1,501 )
Total unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale investment securities
  $ 86,600     $ (32,077 )   $ 54,523  
                         
Unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives hedging variability of cash flows:
                       
Arising during the period
  $ (11,513 )   $ 4,288     $ (7,225 )
Reclassification adjustments for hedging activities included in net income
    14,336       (5,339 )     8,997  
Total net gains (losses) on derivatives hedging variability of cash flows
  $ 2,823     $ (1,051 )   $ 1,772  
                         
Unrealized gains (losses) on funded status of defined benefit postretirement plan:
                       
Arising during the period
  $ -     $ -     $ -  
Reclassification for amortization of actuarial loss and prior service credit amortization included in net income
    (560 )     158       (402 )
Total unrealized gains (losses) on funded status of defined benefit postretirement plan
  $ (560 )   $ 158     $ (402 )
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
                    55,893  
Total comprehensive income (loss)
                    (92,300 )
Less:  Comprehensive income attributable to the noncontrolling interests
                    (368 )
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Marshall & Ilsley Corporation
                  $ (92,668 )
                         
                         
                         
                         
   
Three Months Ended June 30, 2009
 
   
Before-Tax
Amount
   
Tax (Expense)
Benefit
   
Net-of-Tax 
Amount
 
Net loss before noncontrolling interests
                  $ (208,483 )
Other comprehensive income (loss):
                       
Unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale investment securities:
                       
Arising during the period
  $ 26,536     $ (9,307 )   $ 17,229  
Reclassification for securities transactions included in net income
    (43,622 )     15,268       (28,354 )
Total unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale investment securities
  $ (17,086 )   $ 5,961     $ (11,125 )
                         
Unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives hedging variability of cash flows:
                       
Arising during the period
  $ 10,112     $ (3,539 )   $ 6,573  
Reclassification adjustments for hedging activities included in net income
    17,000       (5,950 )     11,050  
Total net gains (losses) on derivatives hedging variability of cash flows
  $ 27,112     $ (9,489 )   $ 17,623  
                         
Unrealized gains (losses) on funded status of defined benefit postretirement plan:
                       
Arising during the period
  $ -     $ -     $ -  
Reclassification for amortization of actuarial loss and prior service credit amortization included in net income
    (350 )     68       (282 )
Total unrealized gains (losses) on funded status of defined benefit postretirement plan
  $ (350 )   $ 68     $ (282 )
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
                    6,216  
Total comprehensive income (loss)
                    (202,267 )
Less:  Comprehensive income attributable to the noncontrolling interests
                    (472 )
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Marshall & Ilsley Corporation
                  $ (202,739 )

 
 
18

 
MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2010 & 2009 (Unaudited)

   
Six Months Ended June 30, 2010
 
   
Before-Tax
Amount
   
Tax (Expense)
Benefit
   
Net-of-Tax 
Amount
 
Net loss before noncontrolling interests
              $ (263,162 )
Other comprehensive income (loss):
                   
Unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale investment securities:
                   
Arising during the period
  $ 129,301     $ (47,603 )   $ 81,698  
Reclassification for securities transactions included in net income
    (2,391 )     890       (1,501 )
Total unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale investment securities
  $ 126,910     $ (46,713 )   $ 80,197  
                         
Unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives hedging variability of cash flows:
                       
Arising during the period
  $ (40,649 )   $ 15,138     $ (25,511 )
Reclassification adjustments for hedging activities included in net income
    31,225       (11,628 )     19,597  
Total net gains (losses) on derivatives hedging variability of cash flows
  $ (9,424 )   $ 3,510     $ (5,914 )
                         
Unrealized gains (losses) on funded status of defined benefit postretirement plan:
                       
Effect due to remeasurement of benefit obligation
  $ -     $ -     $ -  
Reclassification for amortization of actuarial loss and prior service credit amortization included in net income
    (1,119 )     320       (799 )
Total unrealized gains (losses) on funded status of defined benefit postretirement plan
  $ (1,119 )   $ 320     $ (799 )
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
                    73,484  
Total comprehensive income (loss)
                    (189,678 )
Less:  Comprehensive income attributable to the noncontrolling interests
                    (757 )
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Marshall & Ilsley Corporation
                  $ (190,435 )
                         
                         
                         
                         
   
Six Months Ended June 30, 2009
 
   
Before-Tax
Amount
   
Tax (Expense)
Benefit
   
Net-of-Tax 
Amount
 
Net loss before noncontrolling interests
                  $ (300,130 )
Other comprehensive income (loss):
                       
Unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale investment securities:
                       
Arising during the period
  $ 138,802     $ (48,735 )   $ 90,067  
Reclassification for securities transactions included in net income
    (43,868 )     15,354       (28,514 )
Total unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale investment securities
  $ 94,934     $ (33,381 )   $ 61,553  
                         
Unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives hedging variability of cash flows:
                       
Arising during the period
  $ 10,726     $ (3,754 )   $ 6,972  
Reclassification adjustments for hedging activities included in net income
    31,555       (11,044 )     20,511  
Total net gains (losses) on derivatives hedging variability of cash flows
  $ 42,281     $ (14,798 )   $ 27,483  
                         
Unrealized gains (losses) on funded status of defined benefit postretirement plan:
                       
Arising during the period
  $ -     $ -     $ -  
Reclassification for amortization of actuarial loss and prior service credit amortization included in net income
    (700 )     226       (474 )
Total unrealized gains (losses) on funded status of defined benefit postretirement plan
  $ (700 )   $ 226     $ (474 )
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
                    88,562  
Total comprehensive income (loss)
                    (211,568 )
Less:  Comprehensive income attributable to the noncontrolling interests
                    (791 )
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Marshall & Ilsley Corporation
                  $ (212,359 )

 
 
19

 
MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2010 & 2009 (Unaudited)

5.  

 
A reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted per common share computations are as follows (dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data):


   
Three Months Ended June 30, 2010
 
   
Income
(Numerator)
   
Average Shares (Denominator)
   
Per Share
Amount
 
 
Basic:
                 
Net loss attributable to Marshall & Ilsley Corporation
  $ (148,561 )            
Preferred stock dividends
    (25,238 )            
Net loss attributable to Marshall & Ilsley Corporation common shareholders
  $ (173,799 )     524,325     $ (0.33 )
                         
Effect of dilutive securities:
                       
Stock option, restricted stock and other plans
            -          
                         
Diluted:
                       
Net loss attributable to Marshall & Ilsley Corporation
  $ (148,561 )                
Preferred stock dividends
    (25,238 )                
Net loss attributable to Marshall & Ilsley Corporation common shareholders
  $ (173,799 )     524,325     $ (0.33 )


   
Three Months Ended June 30, 2009
 
   
Income
(Numerator)
   
Average Shares (Denominator)
   
Per Share
Amount
 
 
Basic:
                 
Net loss attributable to Marshall & Ilsley Corporation
  $ (208,955 )            
Preferred stock dividends
    (25,013 )            
Net loss attributable to Marshall & Ilsley Corporation common shareholders
  $ (233,968 )     280,836     $ (0.83 )
                         
Effect of dilutive securities:
                       
Stock option, restricted stock and other plans
            -          
                         
Diluted:
                       
Net loss attributable to Marshall & Ilsley Corporation
  $ (208,955 )                
Preferred stock dividends
    (25,013 )                
Net loss attributable to Marshall & Ilsley Corporation common shareholders
  $ (233,968 )     280,836     $ (0.83 )


 
20


MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2010 & 2009 (Unaudited)

   
Six Months Ended June 30, 2010
 
   
Income
(Numerator)
   
Average Shares (Denominator)
   
Per Share
Amount
 
 
Basic:
                 
Net loss attributable to Marshall & Ilsley Corporation
  $ (263,919 )            
Preferred stock dividends
    (50,418 )            
Net loss attributable to Marshall & Ilsley Corporation common shareholders
  $ (314,337 )     524,206     $ (0.60 )
                         
Effect of dilutive securities:
                       
Stock option, restricted stock and other plans
            -          
                         
Diluted:
                       
Net loss attributable to Marshall & Ilsley Corporation
  $ (263,919 )                
Preferred stock dividends
    (50,418 )                
Net loss attributable to Marshall & Ilsley Corporation common shareholders
  $ (314,337 )     524,206     $ (0.60 )
                         
                         
                         
   
Six Months Ended June 30, 2009
 
   
Income
(Numerator)
   
Average Shares (Denominator)
   
Per Share
Amount
 
 
Basic:
                       
Net loss attributable to Marshall & Ilsley Corporation
  $ (300,921 )                
Preferred stock dividends
    (49,972 )                
Net loss attributable to Marshall & Ilsley Corporation common shareholders
  $ (350,893 )     272,735     $ (1.29 )
                         
Effect of dilutive securities:
                       
Stock option, restricted stock and other plans
            -          
                         
Diluted:
                       
Net loss attributable to Marshall & Ilsley Corporation
  $ (300,921 )                
Preferred stock dividends
    (49,972 )                
Net loss attributable to Marshall & Ilsley Corporation common shareholders
  $ (350,893 )     272,735     $ (1.29 )

 
 
21

 
MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2010 & 2009 (Unaudited)

The table below presents the outstanding options to purchase shares of common stock not included in the computation of diluted earnings per common share because the exercise price  was greater than the average market price of the common shares for the three and six month periods ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 (anti-dilutive options).  As a result of the Corporation’s reported net loss for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, all stock options outstanding were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per common share (shares in thousands):


   
Three Months Ended June 30,
 
Six Months Ended June 30,
   
2010
 
2009
 
2010
 
2009
Shares Subject to Options
 
31,802
 
32,570
 
31,802
 
32,570
                 
Price Range
 
$4.76 - $36.82
 
$4.76 - $36.82
 
$4.76 - $36.82
 
$4.76 - $36.82


An outstanding warrant to purchase 13,815,789 shares of the Corporation’s common stock issued in connection with the Corporation’s participation in the U.S. Treasury Department’s Capital Purchase Program was not included in the computation of diluted earnings per common share for the three and six month ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, because of the reported net loss in the respective periods.  In addition, the $18.62 per share exercise price of the warrant was greater than the average market price of the common shares for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009.

 
6.  
Business Combinations

The following acquisition, which is not considered to be a material business combination, was completed during 2009:

On May 29, 2009, the Corporation acquired the investment team and managed accounts of Delta Asset Management (“Delta”), an institutional large-cap core equity money manager based in Los Angeles, California.  Delta, an operating division of Berkeley Capital Management LLC, had approximately $1.2 billion in assets under management as of April 30, 2009.  Total consideration in this transaction amounted to $5.1 million, consisting of 775,166 shares of the Corporation’s common stock valued at $6.52 per common share.  This is considered a non-cash transaction for the purposes of the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.  Goodwill amounted to $3.8 million.  The estimated identifiable intangible assets to be amortized (customer relationships and non-compete agreement) amounted to $1.2 million.  The goodwill and intangibles resulting from this acquisition are deductible for tax purposes.

 
 
22


MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2010 & 2009 (Unaudited)

 
7.  
Investment Securities

 
The amortized cost, fair value and unrealized gains and losses of selected investment securities, by major security type, held by the Corporation were as follows ($000's):


   
June 30, 2010
 
   
Amortized
Cost
   
Unrealized
Gains
   
Unrealized
Losses
   
Fair
Value
 
Available for sale:
                       
U.S. Treasury
  $ 2,275     $ 20     $ -     $ 2,295  
U.S. Government agencies
    5,433,477       140,027       1,343       5,572,161  
States and political subdivisions
    790,350       26,802       9,658       807,494  
Residential mortgage backed securities
    184,190       4,951       326       188,815  
Asset backed securities
    207,332       7       54,651       152,688  
Equity
    8       -       -       8  
Private Equity investments
    70,994       52       64       70,982  
Affordable Housing Partnerships
    64,101       -       -       64,101  
Total
  $ 6,752,727     $ 171,859     $ 66,042     $ 6,858,544  
                                 
Federal Reserve Bank stock and FHLB stock
                               
Federal Reserve Bank stock
  $ 170,424     $ -     $ -     $ 170,424  
FHLB stock
    208,837       -       -       208,837  
Total
  $ 379,261     $ -     $ -     $ 379,261  
                                 
Held to maturity:
                               
States and political subdivisions
  $ 75,614     $ 3,187     $ 262     $ 78,539  
Corporate notes
    10,000       286       -       10,286  
Foreign
    5,413       125       7       5,531  
Total
  $ 91,027     $ 3,598     $ 269     $ 94,356  


   
December 31, 2009
 
   
Amortized
Cost
   
Unrealized
Gains
   
Unrealized
Losses
   
Fair
Value
 
Available for sale:
                       
U.S. Treasury
  $ 7,335     $ 47     $ 3     $ 7,379  
U.S. Government agencies
    5,291,115       53,272       31,852       5,312,535  
States and political subdivisions
    831,248       23,557       10,803       844,002  
Residential mortgage backed securities
    221,819       2,041       3,250       220,610  
Corporate notes
    10,000       -       -       10,000  
Asset backed securities
    208,330       8       54,118       154,220  
Equity
    115       20       -       135  
Private Equity investments
    68,494       52       64       68,482  
Affordable Housing Partnerships
    56,538       -       -       56,538  
Foreign
    4,410       -       -       4,410  
Total
  $ 6,699,404     $ 78,997     $ 100,090     $ 6,678,311  
                                 
Federal Reserve Bank stock and FHLB stock
                               
Federal Reserve Bank stock
  $ 186,375     $ -     $ -     $ 186,375  
FHLB stock
    208,906       -       -       208,906  
Total
  $ 395,281     $ -     $ -     $ 395,281  
                                 
Held to maturity:
                               
States and political subdivisions
  $ 102,566     $ 3,613     $ 217     $ 105,962  
Foreign
    1,000       -       -       1,000  
Total
  $ 103,566     $ 3,613     $ 217     $ 106,962  


 
23

 
MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2010 & 2009 (Unaudited)
 
 
   
June 30, 2009
 
   
Amortized
Cost
   
Unrealized
Gains
   
Unrealized
Losses
   
Fair
Value
 
Available for sale:
                       
U.S. Treasury
  $ 2,301     $ 12     $ -     $ 2,313  
U.S. Government agencies
    3,935,211       79,199       24,570       3,989,840  
States and political subdivisions
    887,211       16,467       9,705       893,973  
Residential mortgage backed securities
    265,691       689       8,492       257,888  
                                 
Corporate notes
    153,537       1,411       9       154,939  
Cash flow hedge - corporate notes
    571       -       -       571  
Total Corporate notes
    154,108       1,411       9       155,510  
                                 
Asset backed securities
    210,225       -       48,108       162,117  
Equity
    115       -       9       106  
Private Equity investments
    70,529       52       64       70,517  
Affordable Housing Partnerships
    54,002       -       -       54,002  
Foreign
    3,756       -       -       3,756  
Other
    4,386       559       -       4,945  
Total
  $ 5,587,535     $ 98,389     $ 90,957     $ 5,594,967  
                                 
Federal Reserve Bank stock and FHLB stock
                               
Federal Reserve Bank stock
  $ 177,125     $ -     $ -     $ 177,125  
FHLB stock
    208,911       -       -       208,911  
Total
  $ 386,036     $ -     $ -     $ 386,036  
                                 
Held to maturity:
                               
States and political subdivisions
  $ 143,282     $ 3,926     $ 179     $ 147,029  
Foreign
    1,000       -       -       1,000  
Total
  $ 144,282     $ 3,926     $ 179     $ 148,029  

 
 
24

 
MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2010 & 2009 (Unaudited)

 
The following tables provide the gross unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment category and the length of time the individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position ($000’s):


   
Less than 12 Months
   
12 Months or More
   
Total
 
   
Fair 
Value
   
Unrealized
Losses
   
Fair 
Value
   
Unrealized
Losses
   
Fair 
Value
   
Unrealized
Losses
 
June 30, 2010
                                   
U.S. Treasury
  $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
U.S. Government agencies
    274,549       465       328,371       878       602,920       1,343  
States and political subdivisions
    40,839       3,906       72,887       6,014       113,726       9,920  
Residential mortgage backed securities
    10,344       13       22,945       313       33,289       326  
Corporate notes
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
Asset backed securities
    -       -       151,792       54,651       151,792       54,651  
Equity
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
Private Equity investments
    -       -       -       64       -       64  
Affordable Housing Partnerships
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
Foreign
    1,444       6       398       1       1,842       7  
Total
  $ 327,176     $ 4,390     $ 576,393     $ 61,921     $ 903,569     $ 66,311  

December 31, 2009
                                   
U.S. Treasury
  $ 747     $ 3     $ -     $ -     $ 747     $ 3  
U.S. Government agencies
    1,761,701       23,839       1,015,790       8,013       2,777,491       31,852  
States and political subdivisions
    40,517       6,730       101,432       4,290       141,949       11,020  
Residential mortgage backed securities
    55,009       2,116       48,270       1,134       103,279       3,250  
Corporate notes
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
Asset backed securities
    -       -       153,154       54,118       153,154       54,118  
Equity
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
Private Equity investments
    -       -       -       64       -       64  
Affordable Housing Partnerships
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
Foreign
    825       -       400       -       1,225       -  
Other
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
Total
  $ 1,858,799     $ 32,688     $ 1,319,046     $ 67,619     $ 3,177,845     $ 100,307  

June 30, 2009
                                   
U.S. Treasury
  $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
U.S. Government agencies
    162,124       1,363       1,152,943       23,207       1,315,067       24,570  
States and political subdivisions
    41,476       1,099       196,306       8,785       237,782       9,884  
Residential mortgage backed securities
    108,922       4,711       63,078       3,781       172,000       8,492  
Corporate notes
    12,942       9       -       -       12,942       9  
Asset backed securities
    -       -       160,815       48,108       160,815       48,108  
Equity
    106       9       -       -       106       9  
Private Equity investments
    -       -       -       64       -       64  
Affordable Housing Partnerships
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
Foreign
    1,975       -       400       -       2,375       -  
Total
  $ 327,545     $ 7,191     $ 1,573,542     $ 83,945     $ 1,901,087     $ 91,136  

 
 
25

 
MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2010 & 2009 (Unaudited)

Other-Than-Temporary-Impairment (OTTI)

Impairment occurs when the fair value of a security is less than its historical cost.  These declines are recorded as either temporary impairment or other than temporary impairment (“OTTI”).  Impairments on investment securities are reviewed quarterly to determine if they are other than temporary.  Impairment is considered to be other than temporary if the present value of cash flows expected to be collected on the investment security discounted at the security’s implicit interest rate at acquisition is less than the investment security’s amortized cost.  In addition, impairment is considered to be other than temporary if the Corporation intends to sell an investment security or it is more likely than not that the Corporation will be required to sell the investment security before the recovery of its amortized cost basis.  All other impairments are considered temporary.

The investment securities reported in the June 30, 2010 table above were temporarily impaired. This temporary impairment represents the amount of loss that would have been realized if the investment securities had been sold on June 30, 2010.  The Corporation determined that the temporary impairment in the investment securities at June 30, 2010 was not from a decline in value due to a credit event that would result in OTTI.  At June 30, 2010, the Corporation does not intend to sell these temporarily impaired investment securities until a recovery of recorded investment, which may be at maturity.  In addition, the Corporation concluded that it is more likely than not that it will not have to sell the investment securities prior to recovery of the recorded investment.

The most severe impairment was recognized in the Corporation’s investments in asset backed securities, which consist primarily of senior tranche collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”) that are secured by pools of trust-preferred securities issued by financial institutions or insurance companies.  To assess the CDOs for potential OTTI, the Corporation estimated the expected cash flows for each security in this portfolio.  The analysis was completed by evaluating the credit quality of the underlying collateral and the cash flow structure.  At June 30, 2010, the estimated cash flow analysis for each security indicated that contractual principal and interest was fully collectible by maturity.

The credit review included analysis of profitability, credit quality, operating efficiency, leverage, and liquidity using the most recently available financial and regulatory information for each underlying collateral issuer.  The credit review also incorporated historical industry default data and current/near term operating conditions.  Using the results of this analysis, the Corporation estimated appropriate default and recovery probabilities for each piece of collateral.  No recoveries were assumed on issuers who were deferring interest or currently in default.

There are various tranches or investment classes issued within each CDO.  The most senior tranches generally have the lowest yield but the most protection from credit losses compared to other tranches that are subordinate to the most senior tranches.  The Corporation holds only the two most senior tranches of the CDO issuances.  Because of that seniority, the Corporation’s investments receive credit support from the subordinated tranches.  At June 30, 2010, the Corporation estimated that the percentage of the currently performing collateral that would be required to default to cause the Corporation’s tranches to not receive all of its contractual cash flows (principal and interest) ranged from 22% to 48%.  Based on that analysis, the Corporation concluded that there was excess protection to absorb the expected credit losses from both current and projected defaults and there was no OTTI.  In addition, the Corporation concluded that the lengthening of the expected time for principal repayment combined with the illiquid market for trust preferred securities resulted in market expectations of higher yields for similar instruments which explained the entire decline in the fair value of the securities compared with their book values.

Other classes of investments with impairment at June 30, 2010 included US Government Agency Securities and Obligations of states and political subdivisions.  US Government Agency Securities consist of mortgage-backed securities issued by Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC), Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) and Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA).  This portfolio consists of securities with both fixed and floating rate interest rates, average lives of 3-5 years and contractual cash flows guaranteed by the U.S. government or agencies of the U.S. government.

 
 
26

 
MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2010 & 2009 (Unaudited)
 
 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions are bank qualified fixed rate securities with original maturities of ten to twenty years.  The securities primarily consist of general obligation bonds with some essential service revenue bonds.  The majority of these securities have credit ratings of investment grade or better.  Management performs ongoing credit quality reviews on these securities and at June 30, 2010, determined there were no credit losses.


The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities by contractual maturity at June 30, 2010 ($000’s):


   
Investment Securities
   
Investment Securities
 
   
Available for Sale
   
Held to Maturity
 
   
Amortized
   
Fair
   
Amortized
   
Fair
 
   
Cost
   
Value
   
Cost
   
Value
 
Within one year
  $ 322,435     $ 328,675     $ 15,212     $ 15,373  
From one through five years
    3,440,260       3,533,287       32,089       33,429  
From five through ten years
    2,316,473       2,378,955       43,726       45,554  
After ten years
    673,559       617,627       -       -  
    $ 6,752,727     $ 6,858,544     $ 91,027     $ 94,356  

Federal Reserve Bank stock and FHLB stock have no contractual maturities.

The gross investment securities gains and losses, including Wealth Management transactions, amounted to $7,419 and $3,588 for the six months ended June 30, 2010, respectively and $85,448 and $2,500 for the six months ended June 30, 2009, respectively.  See the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the proceeds from the sale of investment securities.

At June 30, 2010, December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2009, securities with a value of approximately $1,686,155, $1,530,764, and $1,951,088 respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits, short-term borrowings, interest rate swaps and for other purposes required by law.
 
 
 
27


MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2010 & 2009 (Unaudited)
 
 
8.  
Loans and Leases

 
The Corporation’s loan and lease portfolio consisted of the following ($000’s):


   
June 30,
   
December 31,
   
June 30,
 
Loans held for sale
 
2010
   
2009
   
2009
 
Commercial, financial and agricultural
  $ 43,594     $ 1,633     $ 160  
Real estate
                       
     Commercial mortgage
    25,400       11,031       13,101  
     Construction and development
    55,008       57,333       73,772  
     Residential mortgage
    41,390       48,105       259,628  
     Home equity loans and lines of credit
    51,309       29,224       25,886  
Total real estate
    173,107       145,693       372,387  
                         
Personal
    12,406       66,833       50,663  
Total loans held for sale
  $ 229,107     $ 214,159     $ 423,210  
                         
                         
Portfolio loans and leases
                       
Commercial, financial and agricultural
  $ 11,757,883     $ 12,473,995     $ 14,282,668  
Real estate
                       
     Commercial mortgage
    13,285,074       13,634,894       13,925,217  
     Construction and development
    4,363,491       5,481,547       6,755,521  
     Residential mortgage
    4,583,602       4,920,765       5,205,014  
     Home equity loans and lines of credit
    4,436,045       4,685,370       4,885,427  
Total real estate
    26,668,212       28,722,576       30,771,179  
                         
Personal
    2,107,880       2,191,449       2,017,615  
Lease Financing
    554,404       615,447       688,472  
Total portfolio loans and leases
  $ 41,088,379     $ 44,003,467     $ 47,759,934  
                         
Total loans and leases
  $ 41,317,486     $ 44,217,626     $ 48,183,144  


Loans and leases are presented net of unearned income and unamortized deferred fees, which amounted to $92,582, $111,924 and $119,354 at June 30, 2010, December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2009, respectively.

Included in the loans held for sale category are nonaccrual loans which amounted to $78,770, $57,670, and $194,489 at June 30, 2010, December 31, 2009, and June 30, 2009, respectively.  Also included in loans held for sale are troubled debt restructured loans, which the Corporation refers to as accruing renegotiated loans, which amounted to $37,164 and $15 at June 30, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively.  There were no accruing renegotiated loans held for sale at June 30, 2009.

For the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, loans transferred to OREO, net of initial write-downs, amounted to $237,659 and $199,540, respectively.  These amounts are considered non-cash transactions for purposes of the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

 
 
28

 
MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2010 & 2009 (Unaudited)

9.  
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

 
An analysis of the allowance for loan and lease losses follows ($000's):


   
Three Months Ended June 30,
   
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2010
   
2009
 
Balance at beginning of period
  $ 1,515,154     $ 1,352,117     $ 1,480,470     $ 1,202,167  
Provision for loan and lease losses
    439,899       618,992       898,011       1,096,916  
Charge-offs
    (455,776 )     (613,115 )     (892,235 )     (953,338 )
Recoveries
    17,503       9,788       30,534       22,037  
Balance at end of period
  $ 1,516,780     $ 1,367,782     $ 1,516,780     $ 1,367,782  

As of June 30, 2010, December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2009, nonaccrual loans and leases totaled $1,801,374, $2,044,751 and $2,416,148 and accruing renegotiated loans totaled $714,574, $793,459 and $818,538, respectively.

 
For purposes of impairment testing, nonaccrual loans greater than $1.0 million dollars, renegotiated commercial loans greater than $250,000 and all consumer-related renegotiated loans were individually assessed for impairment.  Consumer-related renegotiated loans are evaluated at the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate.  Nonaccrual loans below the threshold were collectively evaluated as homogeneous pools.  The required valuation allowance is included in the allowance for loan and lease losses in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The Corporation’s recorded investment in impaired loans and leases and the related valuation allowance are as follows ($000’s):


   
June 30, 2010
   
June 30, 2009
 
   
Recorded
   
Valuation
   
Recorded
   
Valuation
 
   
Investment
   
Allowance
   
Investment
   
Allowance
 
Total nonaccrual and renegotiated loans and leases
  $ 2,515,948           $ 3,234,686        
Less:  impaired loans held for sale
    (115,934 )           (194,489 )      
Total impaired loans and leases
  $ 2,400,014           $ 3,040,197        
Loans and leases excluded from individual evaluation
    (580,411 )           (703,833 )      
Impaired loans evaluated
  $ 1,819,603           $ 2,336,364        
                             
Valuation allowance required
  $ 1,369,482     $ 366,668     $ 1,462,467     $ 324,633  
No valuation allowance required
    450,121       -       873,897       -  
Impaired loans evaluated
  $ 1,819,603     $ 366,668     $ 2,336,364     $ 324,633  

 
The average recorded investment in total impaired loans and leases for the quarters ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 amounted to $2,660,742 and $3,139,492, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, the average recorded investment in total impaired loans and leases amounted to $2,709,727 and $2,705,435 respectively.

 
The amount of cumulative net charge-offs recorded on the Corporation’s impaired loans outstanding at June 30, 2010 was approximately $740,046.


 
29

 
MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2010 & 2009 (Unaudited)

10.  
Goodwill and Other Intangibles

 
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the six months ended June 30, 2010 were as follows ($000’s):

   
Commercial
   
Community
   
Wealth
             
   
Banking
   
Banking
   
Management
   
Others
   
Total
 
Gross amount of goodwill
  $ 1,250,595     $ 609,510     $ 163,779     $ 120,777     $ 2,144,661  
     Accumulated impairment losses
    (925,634 )     (609,510 )     -       -       (1,535,144 )
Goodwill balance as of December 31, 2009
    324,961       -       163,779       120,777       609,517  
Activity
    -       -       -       -       -  
Goodwill balance as of June 30, 2010
  $ 324,961     $ -     $ 163,779     $ 120,777     $ 609,517  
 
 
 
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the six months ended June 30, 2009 were as follows ($000’s):


   
Commercial
Banking
   
Community
Banking
   
Wealth
Management
   
Others
   
Total
 
Gross amount of goodwill
  $ 1,252,880     $ 609,510     $ 157,121     $ 120,777     $ 2,140,288  
     Accumulated impairment losses
    (925,634 )     (609,510 )     -       -       (1,535,144 )
Goodwill balance as of December 31, 2008
    327,246       -       157,121       120,777       605,144  
Goodwill acquired during the period
    -       -       3,770       -       3,770  
Purchase accounting adjustments
    -       -       2,814       -       2,814  
Goodwill balance as of June 30, 2009
  327,246     -     $ 163,705     $ 120,777     $ 611,728  

 
Goodwill acquired includes initial goodwill of $3.8 million for the acquisition of Delta. Purchase accounting adjustments for Wealth Management represent adjustments made to the initial estimates of fair value associated with the acquisition of Taplin, Canida & Habacht.

 
At June 30, 2010, the Corporation’s other intangible assets consisted of the following ($000’s):


   
Gross
Carrying
Amount
   
Accumulated
Amortization
   
Net
Carrying
Amount
 
Other intangible assets:
                 
Core deposit intangible
  $ 216,177     $ (120,663 )   $ 95,514  
Trust customers
    29,315       (8,702 )     20,613  
Tradename
    3,975       (1,280 )     2,695  
Other intangibles
    6,350       (1,708 )     4,642  
    $ 255,817     $ (132,353 )   $ 123,464  
Mortgage loan servicing rights
                  $ 1,337  


 
30

 
MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2010 & 2009 (Unaudited)

 
At June 30, 2009, the Corporation’s other intangible assets consisted of the following ($000’s):


   
Gross
Carrying
Amount
   
Accumulated
Amortization
   
Net
Carrying
Amount
 
Other intangible assets
                 
Core deposit intangible
  $ 254,229     $ (142,664 )   $ 111,565  
Trust customers
    29,354       (5,758 )     23,596  
Tradename
    3,975       (750 )     3,225  
Other intangibles
    7,066       (2,012 )     5,054  
    $ 294,624     $ (151,184 )   $ 143,440  
Mortgage loan servicing rights
                  $ 2,140  


 
Amortization expense of other intangible assets for the three months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 amounted to $4.8 million and $5.6 million, respectively.  For the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, amortization expense of other intangible assets amounted to $9.8 million and $11.1 million, respectively.

 
Amortization of mortgage loan servicing rights amounted to $0.2 million and $0.2 million for the three months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  For the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, amortization of mortgage loan servicing rights amounted to $0.4 million and $0.5 million, respectively.

 
The estimated amortization expense of other intangible assets and mortgage loan servicing rights for the next five fiscal years are ($000’s):


2011
  $ 18,782  
2012
    16,226  
2013
    13,899  
2014
    11,986  
2015
    11,579  


Mortgage loan servicing rights are subject to the prepayment risk inherent in the underlying loans that are being serviced.  The actual remaining life could be significantly different due to actual prepayment experience in future periods.

Goodwill Impairment Tests

The Intangibles – Goodwill and Other Topic of the Codification provides guidance for impairment testing of goodwill and intangible assets that are not amortized.  Goodwill is tested for impairment using a two-step process that begins with an estimation of the fair value of a reporting unit.  The first step is a screen for potential impairment and the second step measures the amount of impairment, if any. The Corporation has elected to perform the annual test for goodwill impairment as of June 30th of each year.  Other than goodwill, the Corporation did not have any other intangible assets with indefinite lives at June 30, 2010.

 
As a result of applying the first step of goodwill impairment testing to determine if potential goodwill impairment existed at June 30, 2010, the Commercial Banking segment, Trust, Private Banking, and Brokerage, the three Reporting Units that comprise the Wealth Management segment, and the Capital Markets reporting unit “passed” (fair value exceeded the carrying amount) the first step of the goodwill impairment test.  The National Consumer Banking reporting unit “failed” (the carrying amount exceeded the fair value) the first step of the goodwill impairment test at June 30, 2010 and is being subjected to the second step of the goodwill impairment test.

 
The second step of the goodwill impairment test compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill.  The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination is determined.  The fair value of a reporting unit is allocated to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit (including any unrecognized intangible assets) as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination and the fair value of the reporting unit was the price paid to acquire the reporting unit. The excess of the fair value of the reporting unit over the amounts assigned to its assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill.  The allocation process is performed solely for purposes of testing goodwill for impairment. Recognized assets and liabilities and previously unrecognized intangible assets are not adjusted or recognized as a result of the allocation process.
 
 
 
31

 
MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2010 & 2009 (Unaudited)

 
The Corporation is in the process of completing the second step of the process in order to determine if there is any goodwill impairment for the National Consumer Banking reporting unit that failed step one of the goodwill impairment test.

 
The implied fair value of a reporting unit’s goodwill will generally increase if the fair value of its loans and leases are less than the carrying value of the reporting unit’s loans and leases.  The fair value of loans and leases was derived from discounted cash flow analysis as described in Note 3 – Fair Value Measurements in Notes to Financial Statements.

 
The Corporation believes that the allocation of the fair values to the assets and liabilities assigned to the National Consumer Banking reporting unit will be less than its reported carrying values and does not expect that it will be required to recognize any goodwill impairment upon completion of the second step of the goodwill impairment test. See Fair Value Measurements within Critical Accounting Policies in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for further discussion about goodwill impairment tests.


 
 

 
 
32


MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2010 & 2009 (Unaudited)


11.  
Deposits

 
The Corporation's deposit liabilities consisted of the following ($000's):


   
June 30,
   
December 31,
   
June 30,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2009
 
Noninterest bearing demand
  $ 7,489,355     $ 7,832,752     $ 7,847,624  
Interest bearing:
                       
Savings and NOW
    5,613,271       6,938,091       4,893,674  
Money Market
    13,348,352       11,314,909       9,978,638  
CD's $100,000 and over:
                       
CD's $100,000 and over
    7,940,164       9,702,183       12,323,896  
Cash flow hedge - Institutional CDs
    -       13,427       18,442  
Total CD's $100,000 and over
    7,940,164       9,715,610       12,342,338  
Other time
    4,971,858       5,589,900       5,737,826  
Foreign
    199,053       246,263       392,245  
Total interest bearing
    32,072,698       33,804,773       33,344,721  
Total deposits
  $ 39,562,053     $ 41,637,525     $ 41,192,345  


FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program
 
On December 5, 2008, the Corporation announced that it and its eligible affiliates would be participating in a component of the FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program – the Transaction Account Guarantee Program (the “TAGP”).
 
Under the TAGP, which has been extended until December 31, 2010, all noninterest-bearing transaction accounts (which the TAGP defines as including all noninterest-bearing personal and business checking accounts, NOW accounts earning no more than 0.5 percent interest, and Interest on Lawyer Trust Accounts) held at M&I’s affiliate banks are fully guaranteed by the FDIC for the entire amount in the account.  Coverage under the TAGP is in addition to and separate from the coverage available under the FDIC’s general deposit rules.

Due to the stressed economic conditions that existed in 2008 and 2009, the Corporation believes that its participation in the TAGP was warranted and that such participation had a positive affect on its deposit growth in 2009.  The Corporation has determined that its participation in the program and the additional cost of participating in the program is no longer warranted. On April 30, 2010, the Corporation elected to opt out of the TAGP program extension. As anticipated, certain NOW deposits and certain noninterest bearing demand deposits migrated to other deposit accounts, investment products or into products offered by other entities during the second quarter of 2010.

Under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), which was signed into law on July 21, 2010, beginning December 31, 2010 (the scheduled termination date for the TAGP) and continuing through January 1, 2013, all funds held in noninterest-bearing transaction accounts will be fully guaranteed by the FDIC for the full amount of the account.  However, this unlimited insurance coverage will not extend to Interest on Lawyer Trust Accounts or minimal interest-bearing NOW accounts, which are currently covered under TAGP.

In addition to the continuation of insurance coverage for noninterest-bearing transaction accounts, the Dodd-Frank Act permanently increased the standard maximum FDIC deposit insurance amount to $250,000.

 
 
33

 
MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2010 & 2009 (Unaudited)

12.  
Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities

 
The following is an update of the Corporation’s use of derivative financial instruments and its hedging activities as described in its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009.

 
Although not significant to the three and six months ended June 30, 2010, during the second quarter of 2010 the Corporation began originating residential mortgage loans for sale to the secondary market on a mandatory basis. In conjunction with these activities, the Corporation elected to account for the loans held for sale on a mandatory basis at fair value and economically hedge the change in fair value of both the loan commitments and funded loans held for sale on a mandatory basis with To Be Announced (“TBA”) forward contracts on agency securities. The economic hedges are not intended to qualify for the special hedge accounting prescribed by the Derivative and Hedging Topic of the Codification.

Interest rate risk, the exposure of the Corporation’s net interest income and net fair value of its assets and liabilities to adverse movements in interest rates, is a significant market risk exposure that can have a material effect on the Corporation’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.  The Corporation has established policies that neither earnings nor fair value at risk should exceed established guidelines. These risks are assessed by modeling the impact of changes in interest rates that may adversely impact expected future earnings and fair values.

 
The Corporation has strategies designed to confine these risks within established limits and identify appropriate risk / reward trade-offs in the financial structure of its balance sheet.  These strategies include the use of derivative financial instruments to help achieve the desired balance sheet repricing structure while meeting the desired objectives of its customers.

The Corporation employs certain over-the-counter interest rate swaps that are the designated hedging instruments in fair value and cash flow hedges that are used by the Corporation to manage interest rate risk.  These interest rate swaps are measured at fair value on a recurring basis based on significant other observable inputs and are categorized as Level 2.  See Note 3 – Fair Value Measurements in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

In accordance with the Corporation’s accounting policy, derivative fair values are presented on a gross basis.

The Dodd-Frank Act contains a number of significant requirements and restrictions relating to derivative financial instruments and hedging activities by financial institutions and other companies.  While many of the details of these requirements and restrictions are uncertain pending rules required to be promulgated under the Dodd-Frank Act, the Corporation believes its derivative and hedging activities are in compliance with the provisions of the  Dodd-Frank Act as they currently appear.

 
Trading Instruments and Other Free Standing Derivatives

 
The Corporation enters into various derivative contracts which are designated as trading and other free standing derivative contracts.  These derivative contracts are not linked to specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheet or to forecasted transactions in an accounting hedge relationship and, therefore, do not qualify for hedge accounting under the Derivatives and Hedging Topic of the Codification.  They are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recorded as a component of other noninterest income.

 
Trading and other free standing derivatives are used primarily to focus on providing derivative products to customers, which enable them to manage their exposures to interest rate risk.  The Corporation’s market risk from unfavorable movements in interest rates is generally economically hedged by concurrently entering into offsetting derivative contracts.  The offsetting derivative contracts generally have nearly identical notional values, terms and indices.  The Corporation used interest rate futures to economically hedge exposure to interest rate risk arising from the interest rate swap (designated as trading) entered into in conjunction with its auto securitization activities.  There were no auto securitization activities during the six months ended June 30, 2010.

 
 
34

 
MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2010 & 2009 (Unaudited)
 
The Corporation originates certain residential real estate loans that are intended to be sold to the secondary market. In conjunction with these activities, the Corporation enters into commitments to originate residential real estate loans whereby the interest rate of the loan is determined prior to funding (“interest rate lock”) which are considered freestanding derivatives.  Interest rate locks and funded held for sale residential mortgage loans are subject to interest rate risk between the date of the interest rate lock and the date loans are sold to the secondary market.  To economically hedge interest rate risk, the Corporation enters into TBA forward contracts on agency securities. The interest rate locks, funded mortgage loans held for sale and TBA forward contracts are carried at fair value with changes in fair value included in gain on sale of mortgage loans which is reported in Other income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.  The fair value of interest rate locks, funded mortgage loans held for sale and TBA forward contracts are based on current secondary market prices for underlying loans with similar interest rates, maturities and credit quality.  The fair value of interest rate locks are subject to the anticipated probability that the loans will fund within the terms of the loan commitments.

 
Visa
 
As permitted under the by-laws of Visa, during the second quarter of 2009 the Corporation sold its 998,826 shares of Visa Class B common stock for $35.4 million to a qualified purchaser (“purchaser”).  At the time of the sale, the conversion ratio of Visa Class B common stock to Visa Class A common stock was 0.6296. That exchange ratio can change based on the outcome of certain litigation matters.  Concurrently with the sale, the Corporation and the purchaser entered into a derivative transaction whereby the Corporation will make cash payments to the purchaser whenever the conversion ratio of Visa Class B common stock to Visa Class A common stock was reset to an amount less than 0.6296. The purchaser will make cash payments to the Corporation when the litigation is settled and the ultimate settlement results in a return of cash or additional shares of Visa common stock to the purchaser. The Corporation determined that the initial fair value of the derivative was equal to the Corporation’s Visa U.S.A. membership proportion of the unfunded estimated fair value of the litigation settlement amount. That amount was determined to be a liability of $14.7 million.

 
The Corporation’s estimate of the fair value of the litigation settlement amount was based in part on the announced settled litigation and based in part on an estimate of the amount required to settle the unresolved matters. Estimating the amount required to settle the unresolved matters involved a significant amount of judgment that can not be verified other than by information disclosed by Visa. As a result, the Corporation has determined that the estimated fair value should be classified in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 
On June 30, 2009, Visa announced that it had decided to deposit $700 million into the litigation escrow account previously established under its retrospective responsibility plan. Despite the funding, Visa did not disclose any updates about the litigation matters that would change the Corporation’s estimate of the fair value of the litigation settlement amount. As a result of the deposit, the conversion ratio of Visa Class B common stock to Visa Class A common stock was revised to 0.5824 and the Corporation made a $3.1 million payment to the counterparty in 2009.

 
On June 1, 2010, Visa announced that it had deposited an additional $500 million into the litigation escrow account previously established under its retrospective responsibility plan. Despite the funding, Visa did not disclose any updates about the litigation matters that would change the Corporation’s estimate of the fair value of the litigation settlement amount. As a result of the deposit, the conversion ratio of Visa Class B common stock to Visa Class A common stock was revised to 0.5550 and the Corporation made a $2.0 million payment to the counterparty in the second quarter of 2010.  There has been no further activity since that payment was made.

Financial Guarantees
The Corporation is both a purchaser and seller of credit protection in the financial guarantees market.  The Corporation primarily uses financial guarantees to mitigate credit risk associated with the derivative receivables associated with loan participations (bought and sold).
 
 
 
35

 
MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2010 & 2009 (Unaudited)

Financial guarantees are financial instruments whose value is derived from credit risk associated with debt of a third-party issuer (the reference entity) and which allow one party (the protection purchaser) to transfer that risk to another party (the protection seller). Financial guarantees expose the protection purchaser to the creditworthiness of the protection seller, as the protection seller is required to make payments under the contract when the reference entity experiences a credit event, such as a bankruptcy, a failure to pay its obligation or a restructuring.  The seller of credit protection receives a premium for providing protection but has the risk that the underlying instrument referenced in the contract will be subject to a credit event.

Upon a credit event, the protection seller would typically pay out only a percentage of the full notional amount of net protection sold, as the amount actually required to be paid on the contracts takes into account the recovery value of the reference obligation at the time of settlement.  The Corporation does not use notional as the primary measure of risk management for credit derivatives because notional does not take into account the probability of occurrence of a credit event, recovery value of the reference obligation, or related cash instruments and economic hedges.

At June 30, 2010, the maximum potential amount of future payments (undiscounted) that the Corporation, as a protection seller, could be required to make under the credit protection derivative amounted to $8.1 million, of which $2.2 million matures within one year and $5.9 million matures in one to five years.  The fair value of the credit protection derivative amounted to a negative $1.4 million at June 30, 2010 and is included in the Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities category of the Corporation’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

At June 30, 2010, the maximum potential amount of future receivables that the Corporation, as a protection purchaser, may be eligible to receive under the credit protection derivative amounted to $3.4 million, of which, $2.3 million matures in one to five years and $1.1 million matures in five to ten years.  At June 30, 2010, the fair value of the credit protection derivative was immaterial.

The following tables summarize the balance sheet category and fair values of trading instruments and other free standing derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:


   
Notional
     
Fair
 
   
Amount
     
Value
 
June 30, 2010
 
($ in millions)
 
Balance Sheet Category
 
($ in millions)
 
Assets:
             
Interest rate contracts - swaps
  $ 4,259.6  
 Trading assets
  $ 274.7  
Interest rate contracts - purchased interest rate caps
    153.2  
 Trading assets
    1.1  
Interest rate lock commitments
    15.7  
 Trading assets
    0.4  
TBA forward contracts - agency securities
    2.0  
 Trading assets
    0.0  
Equity derivative contracts - equity indexed CDs
    94.6  
 Trading assets
    5.5  
Total assets
              281.7  
                   
Liabilities:
                 
Interest rate contracts - swaps
  $ 4,356.9  
 Accrued expenses and other liabilities
  $ 244.0  
Interest rate contracts - sold interest rate caps
    138.2  
 Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    1.0  
TBA forward contracts - agency securities
    14.0  
 Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    0.2  
Equity derivative contracts - equity indexed CDs
    93.8  
 Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    5.4  
Equity derivative contracts - Visa
    1.0  
 Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    9.6  
Total liabilities
            $ 260.2  
Net positive fair value impact
            $ 21.5  
 

 
 
36

 
MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2010 & 2009 (Unaudited)

 
     Notional        Fair  
   
Amount
     
Value
 
June 30, 2009
 
($ in millions)
 
Balance Sheet Category
 
($ in millions)
 
Assets:
             
Interest rate contracts - swaps
  $ 4,978.5  
 Trading assets
  $ 237.3  
Interest rate contracts - purchased interest rate caps
    133.2  
 Trading assets
    1.2  
Equity derivative contracts - equity indexed CDs
    66.1  
 Trading assets
    4.0  
Equity derivative contracts - warrants
    0.1  
 Trading assets
    0.1  
Total assets
              242.6  
                   
Liabilities:
                 
Interest rate contracts - swaps
  $ 4,844.2  
 Accrued expenses and other liabilities
  $ 196.0  
Interest rate contracts - sold interest rate caps
    152.1  
 Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    1.0  
Interest rate contracts - interest rate futures
    1,205.0  
 Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    (0.1 )
Equity derivative contracts - equity indexed CDs
    65.9  
 Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    4.0  
Equity derivative contracts - Visa
    1.0  
 Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    14.7  
Total liabilities
            $ 215.6  
Net positive fair value impact
            $ 27.0  


The following tables summarize the income statement categories of the gain or (loss) recognized in income on trading instruments and other free standing derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

     
Amount of Gain or (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivative
 
     
($ in millions)
 
 
Category of Gain or
 
Three Months Ended
   
Six Months Ended
 
 
(Loss) Recognized in
 
June 30,
   
June 30,
 
 
Income on Derivative
 
2010
   
2009
   
2010
   
2009
 
Interest rate contracts:
                         
Interest rate swaps
Other income - Other
  $ 2.1     $ 0.4     $ 2.9     $ 3.6  
Purchased interest rate caps
Other income - Other
    (0.2 )     0.2       (0.3 )     1.2  
Sold interest rate caps
Other income - Other
    0.2       -       0.3       (1.0 )
Interest rate futures
Other income - Other
    -       (0.2 )     -       (0.7 )
Interest rate lock commitments
Other income - Gain on
sale of mortgage loans
    0.4       -       0.4       -  
TBA forward contracts - agency securities
Other income - Gain on
sale of mortgage loans
    (0.2 )     -       (0.2 )     -  
                                   
Equity contracts:
                                 
Equity-indexed CDs
Other income - Other
    0.0       -       0.0       -  
Visa
Other income - Other
    -       (14.7 )     -       (14.7 )
 

Fair Value Hedges and Cash Flow Hedges

 
The Corporation uses various derivative instruments that qualify as hedging relationships under the Derivatives and Hedging Topic of the Codification.  These instruments are designated as either fair value hedges or cash flow hedges.  The Corporation recognizes these derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities at fair value in the consolidated statement of financial position.

 
The Corporation employs certain over-the-counter interest rate swaps that are designated hedging instruments in fair value and cash flow hedges that are used by the Corporation to manage its interest rate risk.  These interest rate swaps are measured at fair value on a recurring basis based on significant other observable inputs and are categorized as Level 2.  See Note 3 – Fair Value Measurements in Notes to Financial Statements for additional information.


 
37

 
MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2010 & 2009 (Unaudited)

The following tables summarize the balance sheet category and fair values of derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

                         
Weighted
 
           
Notional
     
Fair
   
Average
 
           
Amount
     
Value
   
Remaining
 
June 30, 2010
 
Derivative Type
 
Hedged Item
 
($ in millions)
 
Balance Sheet Category
 
($ in millions)
   
Term (Years)
 
Liabilities
                           
Interest rate contracts:
                           
Receive fixed rate swaps
 
Fair Value
 
Institutional CDs
  $ 25.0  
Deposits
  $ (1.1 )     25.9  
Receive fixed rate swaps
 
Fair Value
 
Brokered bullet CD's
    204.9  
Deposits
    (13.4 )     3.0  
Receive fixed rate swaps
 
Fair Value
 
Callable CDs
    4,423.7  
Deposits
    (68.2 )     14.6  
Pay fixed rate swaps
 
Cash Flow
 
Security repurchase agreement
    250.0  
Short-term borrowings
    10.1       0.9  
Pay fixed rate swaps
 
Cash Flow
 
FHLB advances
    800.0  
Long-term borrowings
    65.9       2.0  
Receive fixed rate swaps
 
Fair Value
 
FHLB advances
    280.0  
Long-term borrowings
    (9.1 )     2.1  
Pay fixed rate swaps
 
Cash Flow
 
Floating rate bank notes
    73.8  
Long-term borrowings
    3.2       0.9  
Receive fixed rate swaps
 
Fair Value
 
Fixed rate bank notes
    577.5  
Long-term borrowings
    (21.6 )     4.9  
Receive fixed rate swaps
 
Fair Value
 
Medium term notes
    6.5  
Long-term borrowings
    (0.1 )     17.7  
Total liabilities
                    $ (34.3 )        
Net positive fair value impact
                    $ 34.3          


                         
Weighted
 
           
Notional
     
Fair
   
Average
 
           
Amount
     
Value
   
Remaining
 
June 30, 2009
 
Derivative Type
 
Hedged Item
 
($ in millions)
 
Balance Sheet Category
 
($ in millions)
   
Term (Years)
 
Assets
                           
Interest rate contracts:
                           
Receive fixed rate swaps
 
Cash Flow
 
Corporate notes - AFS
  $ 57.4  
Investment securities
  $ 0.6       1.1  
Total assets
                    $ 0.6          
                                   
Liabilities
                                 
Interest rate contracts:
                                 
Pay fixed rate swaps
 
Cash Flow
 
Institutional CDs
  $ 300.0  
Deposits
  $ 18.4       1.6  
Receive fixed rate swaps
 
Fair Value
 
Brokered bullet CD's
    209.3  
Deposits
    (8.2 )     3.9  
Receive fixed rate swaps
 
Fair Value
 
Callable CDs
    6,019.4  
Deposits
    180.5       13.8  
Receive fixed rate swaps
 
Fair Value
 
Institutional CDs
    25.0  
Deposits
    (2.3 )     26.9  
Pay fixed rate swaps
 
Cash Flow
 
FHLB advances
    1,340.0  
Long-term borrowings
    72.2       2.6  
Pay fixed rate swaps
 
Cash Flow
 
Floating rate bank notes
    416.4  
Long-term borrowings
    24.8       1.8  
Receive fixed rate swaps
 
Fair Value
 
Fixed rate bank notes
    648.2  
Long-term borrowings
    (23.7 )     5.8  
Receive fixed rate swaps
 
Fair Value
 
Medium term notes
    6.6  
Long-term borrowings
    -       18.7  
Total liabilities
                    $ 261.7          
Net negative fair value impact
                    $ (261.1 )        

The effect of fair value hedges on the Consolidated Statements of Income for the three months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 was as follows ($ in millions):


   
Category of Gain (Loss)
           
Category of Gain (Loss)
           
   
Recognized in Income
 
Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized in
 
Recognized in Income
 
Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized in
 
Interest rate contracts
 
on Derivative
 
Income on Derivative (a) ($ in millions)
 
on Hedged Item
 
Income on Hedged Item ($ in millions)
 
       
Three Months Ended June 30,
     
Three Months Ended June 30,
 
       
2010
   
2009
     
2010
   
2009
 
   
Interest expense:
           
Interest expense:
           
   
Deposits:
           
Deposits:
           
Receive fixed rate swaps
 
Institutional CDs
  $ 0.3     $ 0.1  
Institutional CDs
  $ 0.1     $ 0.2  
Receive fixed rate swaps
 
Callable CDs
    125.9       (118.3 )
Callable CDs
    (72.7 )     177.5  
Receive fixed rate swaps
 
Brokered Bullet CDs
    4.8       (3.5 )
Brokered Bullet CDs
    (3.0 )     5.2  
   
Long-term borrowings:
               
Long-term borrowings:
               
Receive fixed rate swaps
 
Fixed rate bank notes
    3.4       (16.7 )
Fixed rate bank notes
    (2.0 )     19.7  
Receive fixed rate swaps
 
FHLB advances
    20.5       -  
FHLB advances
    (15.6 )     -  
Receive fixed rate swaps
 
Medium term notes
    0.2       -  
Medium term notes
    (0.2 )     -  
   
Other
    -       -  
Other (b)
    0.2       0.1  
   
Total
  $ 155.1     $ (138.4 )
Total
  $ (93.2 )   $ 202.7  


(a)  
Included in the amount of gain or (loss) recognized in income on derivative is net derivative interest income, which totaled $60.9 million and $64.3 million at June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

(b)  
Represents amortization related to termination of swaps.

 
 
38

 
MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2010 & 2009 (Unaudited)

The effect of fair value hedges on the Consolidated Statements of Income for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 was as follows ($ in millions):


   
Category of Gain (Loss)
           
Category of Gain (Loss)
           
   
Recognized in Income
 
Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized in
 
Recognized in Income
 
Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized in
 
Interest rate contracts
 
on Derivative
 
Income on Derivative (a) ($ in millions)
 
on Hedged Item
 
Income on Hedged Item ($ in millions)
 
       
Six Months Ended June 30,
     
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
       
2010
   
2009
     
2010
   
2009
 
   
Interest expense:
           
Interest expense:
           
   
Deposits:
           
Deposits:
           
Receive fixed rate swaps
 
Institutional CDs
  $ 0.7     $ 0.5  
Institutional CDs
  $ 0.1     $ 0.1  
Receive fixed rate swaps
 
Callable CDs
    246.2       (158.4 )
Callable CDs
    (133.7 )     280.9  
Receive fixed rate swaps
 
Brokered bullet CDs
    8.2       (3.0 )
Brokered bullet CDs
    (4.7 )     6.3  
   
Long-term borrowings:
               
Long-term borrowings:
               
Receive fixed rate swaps
 
    FHLB advances
    7.9       -  
    FHLB advances
    (4.9 )     -  
Receive fixed rate swaps
 
Fixed rate bank notes
    44.5       (25.1 )
Fixed rate bank notes
    (34.1 )     30.3  
Receive fixed rate swaps
 
Medium term notes
    0.3       (0.1 )
Medium term notes
    (0.3 )     0.1  
   
Other
    -       -  
Other (b)
    0.3       0.2  
   
Total
  $ 307.8     $ (186.1 )
Total
  $ (177.3 )   $ 317.9  


(a)  
Included in the amount of gain or (loss) recognized in income on derivative is net derivative interest income which totaled $129.2 million and $131.8 million at June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

(b)  
Represents amortization related to termination of swaps.


 
The effect of cash flow hedges for the three months ended June 30, 2010 was as follows ($ in millions):


Three Months Ended June 30, 2010 ($ in millions)
 
   
Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized
 
Category of Amount Reclassified
 
Amount Reclassified from
 
Derivatives in Cash Flow
 
in OCI on Derivative
 
From Accumulated OCI into Earnings
 
Accumulated OCI into Earnings
 
Hedging Relationships
 
(Effective Portion)
 
(Effective Portion)
 
(Effective Portion)
 
   
Gross
   
Tax
   
Net
     
Gross
   
Tax
   
Net
 
Interest rate contracts
                 
Interest rate contracts
                 
Deposits:
                 
Deposits:
                 
     Institutional CDs
  $ 16.6     $ (6.2 )   $ 10.4  
     Institutional CDs
  $ 3.2     $ (1.2 )   $ 2.0  
Short-term borrowings:
                       
Short-term borrowings:
                       
Repurchase Agreement
    (16.5 )     6.2       (10.3 )
Repurchase Agreement
    -       -       -  
Long-term borrowings:
                       
Long-term borrowings:
                       
FHLB advances
    (11.6 )     4.3       (7.3 )
FHLB advances
    9.8       (3.7 )     6.1  
Floating rate bank notes
    -       -       -  
Floating rate bank notes
    1.3       (0.4 )     0.9  
Other
    -       -       -  
Other (a)
    0.0       (0.0 )     0.0  
    $ (11.5 )   $ 4.3     $ (7.2 )     $ 14.3     $ (5.3 )   $ 9.0  
 
 (a)  Represents amortization related to the termination of swaps.

The effect of cash flow hedges for the three months ended June 30, 2009 was as follows ($ in millions):


Three Months Ended June 30, 2009 ($ in millions)
 
   
Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized
 
Category of Amount Reclassified
 
Amount Reclassified from
 
Derivatives in Cash Flow
 
in OCI on Derivative
 
From Accumulated OCI into Earnings
 
Accumulated OCI into Earnings
 
Hedging Relationships
 
(Effective Portion)
 
(Effective Portion)
 
(Effective Portion)
 
   
Gross
   
Tax
   
Net
     
Gross
   
Tax
   
Net
 
Interest rate contracts
                 
Interest rate contracts
                 
Investment securities:
                 
Investment securities:
                 
Corporate notes - AFS
  $ 0.2     $ (0.1 )   $ 0.1  
Corporate notes - AFS
  $ (0.1 )   $ -     $ (0.1 )
Deposits:
                       
Deposits:
                       
Institutional CDs
    (0.5 )     0.2       (0.3 )
Institutional CDs
    5.0       (1.8 )     3.2  
Long-term borrowings:
                       
Long-term borrowings:
                       
FHLB advances
    10.0       (3.5 )     6.5  
FHLB advances
    9.3       (3.2 )     6.1  
Floating rate bank notes
    0.4       (0.1 )     0.3  
Floating rate bank notes
    2.6       (1.0 )     1.6  
Other
    -       -       -  
Other (a)
    0.2       -       0.2  
    $ 10.1     $ (3.5 )   $ 6.6       $ 17.0     $ (6.0 )   $ 11.0  

 
(a)  Represents amortization related to the termination of swaps.
 
 
 
39

 
MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2010 & 2009 (Unaudited)

The effect of cash flow hedges for the six months ended June 30, 2010 was as follows ($ in millions):


Six Months Ended June 30, 2010 ($ in millions)
 
   
Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized
 
Category of Amount Reclassified
 
Amount Reclassified from
 
Derivatives in Cash Flow
 
in OCI on Derivative
 
From Accumulated OCI into Earnings
 
Accumulated OCI into Earnings
 
Hedging Relationships
 
(Effective Portion)
 
(Effective Portion)
 
(Effective Portion)
 
   
Gross
   
Tax
   
Net
     
Gross
   
Tax
   
Net
 
Interest rate contracts
                 
Interest rate contracts
                 
Deposits:
                 
Deposits:
                 
    Institutional CDs
  $ 13.4     $ (5.0 )   $ 8.4  
    Institutional CDs
  $ 6.4     $ (2.4 )   $ 4.0  
Short-term borrowings:
                       
Short-term borrowings:
                       
Repurchase Agreement
    (16.5 )     6.2       (10.3 )
Repurchase Agreement
    -       -       -  
Long-term borrowings:
                       
Long-term borrowings:
                       
FHLB advances
    (34.9 )     13.0       (21.9 )
FHLB advances
    20.6       (7.7 )     12.9  
Floating rate bank notes
    (2.6 )     0.9       (1.7 )
Floating rate bank notes
    4.1       (1.5 )     2.6  
Other
    -       -       -  
Other (a)
    0.1       (0.0 )     0.1  
    $ (40.6 )   $ 15.1     $ (25.5 )     $ 31.2     $ (11.6 )   $ 19.6  

(a)  
Represents amortization related to the termination of swaps.

 
The effect of cash flow hedges for the six months ended June 30, 2009 was as follows ($ in millions):


Six Months Ended June 30, 2009 ($ in millions)
 
   
Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized
 
Category of Amount Reclassified
 
Amount Reclassified from
 
Derivatives in Cash Flow
 
in OCI on Derivative
 
From Accumulated OCI into Earnings
 
Accumulated OCI into Earnings
 
Hedging Relationships
 
(Effective Portion)
 
(Effective Portion)
 
(Effective Portion)
 
   
Gross
   
Tax
   
Net
     
Gross
   
Tax
   
Net
 
Interest rate contracts
                 
Interest rate contracts
                 
Investment securities:
                 
Investment securities:
                 
Corporate notes - AFS
  $ 0.6     $ (0.2 )   $ 0.4  
Corporate notes - AFS
  $ (0.1 )   $ -     $ (0.1 )
Deposits:
                       
Deposits:
                       
Institutional CDs
    (0.3 )     0.1       (0.2 )
Institutional CDs
    9.6       (3.4 )     6.2  
Long-term borrowings:
                       
Long-term borrowings:
                       
FHLB advances
    9.3       (3.2 )     6.1  
FHLB advances
    16.9       (5.9 )     11.0  
Floating rate bank notes
    1.1       (0.4 )     0.7  
Floating rate bank notes
    4.8       (1.7 )     3.1  
Other
    -       -       -  
Other (a)
    0.4       (0.1 )     0.3  
    $ 10.7     $ (3.7 )   $ 7.0       $ 31.6     $ (11.1 )   $ 20.5  

(a)  
Represents amortization related to the termination of swaps.

 
The gain recognized in income representing the ineffective portion of the hedging relationships and excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness was not material for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The estimated net loss to be reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income related to cash flow hedges in the next twelve months is approximately $46.2 million.
 
 
 
40

 
MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2010 & 2009 (Unaudited)

13.  
Postretirement Health Plan

 
The Corporation sponsors a defined benefit health plan that provides health care benefits to eligible current and retired employees.  Eligibility for retiree benefits is dependent upon age, years of service, and participation in the health plan during active service.  The plan is contributory and in 1997 and 2002 the plan was amended. Employees hired after September 1, 1997, including employees hired following business combinations, will be granted access to the Corporation’s plan upon becoming an eligible retiree; however, such retirees must pay 100% of the cost of health care benefits.  The plan continues to contain other cost-sharing features such as deductibles and coinsurance.

 
Net periodic postretirement benefit cost for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 included the following components ($000’s):


   
Three Months Ended June 30,
   
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2010
   
2009
 
Service cost
  $ 222     $ 235     $ 445     $ 470  
Interest cost on APBO
    855       980       1,710       1,960  
Expected return on plan assets
    (445 )     (396 )     (891 )     (792 )
Prior service amortization
    (560 )     (560 )     (1,119 )     (1,119 )
Actuarial loss amortization
    -       210       -       419  
Net periodic postretirement benefit cost
  $ 72     $ 469     $ 145     $ 938  

Benefit payments and expenses, net of participant contributions, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 amounted to $1.3 million and $2.5 million respectively.

 
The funded status, which is the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation net of fair value of plan assets, as of June 30, 2010 is as follows ($000’s):


Total funded status, December 31, 2009
  $ 28,020  
Service cost
    445  
Interest cost on APBO
    1,710  
Expected return on plan assets
    (891 )
Employer contributions/payments
    (2,519 )
Subsidy (Medicare Part D)
    411  
Total funded status, June 30, 2010
  $ 27,176  

On March 23, 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (the “PPACA”) was signed into law, and, on March 30, 2010, the Health Care and Reconciliation Act of 2010 (the “HCERA” and, together with PPACA, the “Acts”), which makes various amendments to certain aspects of the PPACA, was signed into law. The Acts effectively change the income tax treatment of federal subsidies paid to sponsors of retiree health benefit plans that provide prescription drug benefits that are at least actuarially equivalent to the corresponding benefits provided under Medicare Part D. The federal subsidy paid to employers was introduced as part of the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (the “MPDIMA”). The Corporation has been receiving the federal subsidy related to its eligible retiree prescription plan.  Under the MPDIMA, the federal subsidy does not reduce the Corporation’s income tax deduction for the costs of providing such prescription drug plans nor is it subject to income tax individually.   Under the Acts, beginning in 2013 the Corporation’s income tax deduction for the costs of providing Medicare Part D-equivalent prescription drug benefits to retirees will be reduced by the amount of the subsidy. Under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, any impact from a change in tax law must be recognized in earnings in the period enacted regardless of the effective date.  As a result, during the first quarter of 2010, the Corporation recognized a noncash charge of $4.1 million or $0.01 per diluted share for the write-off of deferred tax assets to reflect the change in tax treatment of the federal subsidy.
 
 
 
41

 
MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2010 & 2009 (Unaudited)

14.  
Business Segments

 
The Corporation’s operating segments are presented based on its management structure and management accounting practices.  The structure and practices are specific to the Corporation; therefore, the financial results of the Corporation’s business segments are not necessarily comparable with similar information for other financial institutions.

 
Based on the way the Corporation organizes its segments, the Corporation has determined that it has four reportable segments:  Commercial Banking, Community Banking, Wealth Management and Treasury.

 
Total Net interest income and Other income by type in Others consist of the following ($ in millions):


   
Three Months Ended
   
Six Months Ended
 
   
June 30,
   
June 30,
 
   
2010
   
2009
   
2010
   
2009
 
Capital Markets Division
  $ 12.2     $ 13.2     $ 24.5     $ 26.2  
National Consumer Banking Division
    37.3       39.8       73.5       79.5  
Administrative & Other
    15.4       35.3       30.4       49.0  
Others
    65.2       69.5       130.4       136.4  
Total
  $ 130.1     $ 157.8     $ 258.8     $ 291.1  


 
 
42

 
MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2010 & 2009 (Unaudited)

   
Three Months Ended June 30, 2010 ($ in millions)
 
                                       
Eliminations,
       
   
Commercial
   
Community
   
Wealth
               
Corporate
   
Reclassifications
       
   
Banking
   
Banking
   
Management
   
Treasury
   
Others
   
Overhead
   
& Adjustments
   
Consolidated
 
Net interest income
  $ 231.1     $ 195.0     $ 18.3     $ (85.7 )   $ 55.3     $ (6.7 )   $ (5.4 )   $ 401.9  
Provision for loan and lease losses
    236.2       139.3       10.5       -       53.9       -       -       439.9  
Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses
    (5.1 )     55.7       7.8       (85.7     1.4       (6.7     (5.4     (38.0
Other income
    19.4       45.3       71.5       14.8       74.8       32.9       (84.7 )     174.0  
Other expense
    75.9       182.7       70.8       13.4       92.7       37.2       (85.1 )     387.6  
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (61.6 )     (81.7 )     8.5       (84.3 )     (16.5 )     (11.0 )     (5.0 )     (251.6 )
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    (24.7 )     (32.7 )     3.4       (33.7 )     (7.1 )     (3.2 )     (5.4 )     (103.4 )
Net income (loss)
    (36.9 )     (49.0 )     5.1       (50.6 )     (9.4 )     (7.8 )     0.4       (148.2 )
Less:  Noncontrolling interest
    -       -       -       -       -       -       (0.4 )     (0.4 )
Segment income (loss)
  $ (36.9 )   $ (49.0 )   $ 5.1     $ (50.6 )   $ (9.4 )   $ (7.8 )   $ -     $ (148.6 )
                                                                 
Identifiable assets
  $ 21,405.7     $ 15,132.0     $ 1,537.2     $ 9,062.7     $ 7,010.9     $ 7,612.5     $ (7,857.1 )   $ 53,903.9  



   
Three Months Ended June 30, 2009 ($ in millions)
 
                                       
Eliminations,
       
   
Commercial
   
Community
   
Wealth
               
Corporate
   
Reclassifications
       
   
Banking
   
Banking
   
Management
   
Treasury
   
Others
   
Overhead
   
& Adjustments
   
Consolidated
 
Net interest income
  $ 214.6     $ 166.1     $ 14.8     $ (33.5 )   $ 56.0     $ (19.5 )   $ (6.7 )   $ 391.8  
Provision for loan and lease losses
    193.4       316.9       6.5       -       102.2       -       -       619.0  
Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses
    21.2       (150.8 )     8.3       (33.5 )     (46.2 )     (19.5 )     (6.7 )     (227.2 )
Other income
    14.2       54.3       68.5       59.4       101.8       52.9       (86.3 )     264.8  
Other expense
    69.0       209.9       68.9       18.2       102.3       30.7       (86.8 )     412.2  
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (33.6 )     (306.4 )     7.9       7.7       (46.7 )     2.7       (6.2 )     (374.6 )
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    (13.5 )     (122.6 )     3.1       3.1       (23.5 )     (6.0 )     (6.7 )     (166.1 )
Net income (loss)
    (20.1 )     (183.8 )     4.8       4.6       (23.2 )     8.7       0.5       (208.5 )
Less:  Noncontrolling interest
    -       -       -       -       -       -       (0.5     (0.5
Segment income (loss)
  $ (20.1 )   $ (183.8 )   $ 4.8     $ 4.6     $ (23.2 )   $ 8.7     $ -     $ (209.0 )
                                                                 
Identifiable assets
  $ 24,944.8     $ 17,799.8     $ 1,690.6     $ 7,240.5     $ 8,290.4     $ 3,667.6     $ (3,940.0 )   $ 59,693.7  


 
 
43

 
MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2010 & 2009 (Unaudited)
 

   
Six Months Ended June 30, 2010 ($ in millions)
 
                                       
Eliminations,
       
   
Commercial
   
Community
   
Wealth
               
Corporate
   
Reclassifications
       
   
Banking
   
Banking
   
Management
   
Treasury
   
Others
   
Overhead
   
& Adjustments
   
Consolidated
 
Net interest income
  $ 461.7     $ 381.3     $ 36.0     $ (159.9 )   $ 110.7     $ (13.3 )   $ (11.1 )   $ 805.4  
Provision for loan and lease losses
    459.6       272.4       22.8       -       143.2       -       -       898.0  
Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses
    2.1       108.9       13.2       (159.9 )     (32.5 )     (13.3 )     (11.1 )     (92.6 )
Other income
    41.3       131.9       141.2       35.7       148.1       67.5       (170.1 )     395.6  
Other expense
    138.9       363.0       134.0       31.0       186.9       70.3       (170.9 )     753.2  
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (95.5 )     (122.2 )     20.4       (155.2 )     (71.3 )     (16.1 )     (10.3 )     (450.2 )
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    (38.2 )     (48.9 )     8.2       (62.1 )     (30.9 )     (4.1 )     (11.1 )     (187.1 )
Net income (loss)
    (57.3 )     (73.3 )     12.2       (93.1 )     (40.4 )     (12.0 )     0.8       (263.1 )
Less:  Noncontrolling interest
    -       -       -       -       -       -       (0.8 )     (0.8 )
Segment income (loss)
  $ (57.3 )   $ (73.3 )   $ 12.2     $ (93.1 )   $ (40.4 )   $ (12.0 )   $ -     $ (263.9 )
                                                                 
Identifiable assets
  $ 21,405.7     $ 15,132.0     $ 1,537.2     $ 9,062.7     $ 7,010.9     $ 7,612.5     $ (7,857.1 )   $ 53,903.9  




   
Six Months Ended June 30, 2009 ($ in millions)
 
                                       
Eliminations,
       
   
Commercial
   
Community
   
Wealth
               
Corporate
   
Reclassifications
       
   
Banking
   
Banking
   
Management
   
Treasury
   
Others
   
Overhead
   
& Adjustments
   
Consolidated
 
Net interest income
  $ 414.2     $ 339.5     $ 29.9     $ (48.2 )   $ 110.9     $ (38.9 )   $ (13.8 )   $ 793.6  
Provision for loan and lease losses
    347.7       450.5       16.5       -       282.2       -       -       1,096.9  
Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses
    66.5       (111.0 )     13.4       (48.2 )     (171.3 )     (38.9 )     (13.8 )     (303.3 )
Other income
    39.7       101.2       133.4       71.4       180.2       85.9       (172.6 )     439.2  
Other expense
    125.5       387.7       125.6       29.1       200.3       60.3       (173.4 )     755.1  
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (19.3 )     (397.5 )     21.2       (5.9 )     (191.4 )     (13.3 )     (13.0 )     (619.2 )
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    (7.7 )     (159.0 )     8.8       (2.4 )     (129.5 )     (15.5 )     (13.8 )     (319.1 )
Net income (loss)
    (11.6 )     (238.5 )     12.4       (3.5 )     (61.9 )     2.2       0.8       (300.1 )
Less:  Noncontrolling interest
    -       -       -       -       -       -       (0.8 )     (0.8 )
Segment income (loss)
  $ (11.6 )   $ (238.5 )   $ 12.4     $ (3.5 )   $ (61.9 )   $ 2.2     $ -     $ (300.9 )
                                                                 
Identifiable assets
  $ 24,944.8     $ 17,799.8     $ 1,690.6     $ 7,240.5     $ 8,290.4     $ 3,667.6     $ (3,940.0 )   $ 59,693.7  
 
 
 
44

 
MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2010 & 2009 (Unaudited)

15.  
Guarantees

Letters of Credit
 
Standby letters of credit are contingent commitments issued by the Corporation to support customer obligations to a third party and to support public and private financing, and other financial or performance obligations of customers.  Standby letters of credit have maturities that generally reflect the maturities of the underlying obligations.  The credit risk involved in issuing standby letters of credit is the same as that involved in extending loans to customers.  If deemed necessary, the Corporation holds various forms of collateral to support standby letters of credit.  The gross amount of standby letters of credit issued at June 30, 2010 was $1.9 billion.  Of the amount outstanding at June 30, 2010, standby letters of credit conveyed to others in the form of participations amounted to $30.4 million.  Since many of the standby letters of credit are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the amounts outstanding do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.  At June 30, 2010 the estimated fair value associated with letters of credit amounted to $7.2 million.

Securities Lending

As described in Note 25 – Guarantees, in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of the Corporation’s 2009 Annual Report on Form 10-K, as part of securities custody activities and at the direction of its clients, the Corporation’s Wealth Management segment lends securities owned by its clients to borrowers who have been evaluated for credit risk in a manner similar to that employed in making lending decisions.  In connection with these activities, M&I Trust has issued an indemnification against loss resulting from the default by a borrower under the master securities loan agreement due to the failure of the borrower to return loaned securities when due.  The borrowing party is required to fully collateralize securities received with cash or marketable securities.  As securities are loaned, collateral is maintained at a minimum of 100% of the fair value of the securities plus accrued interest and the collateral is revalued on a daily basis.  The amount of securities loaned subject to indemnification was $5.7 billion at June 30, 2010, $7.5 billion at December 31, 2009 and $7.5 billion at June 30, 2009.  Because of the requirement to fully collateralize securities borrowed, management believes that exposure to credit loss from this activity is remote and there are no liabilities reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at June 30, 2010, December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2009 related to these indemnifications.


16.  
Other Contingent Liabilities

In the normal course of business, the Corporation and its subsidiaries are routinely defendants in or parties to a number of pending and threatened legal actions, including, but not limited to, actions brought on behalf of various classes of claimants, employment matters, and challenges from tax authorities regarding the amount of taxes due.  In certain of these actions and proceedings, claims for monetary damages or adjustments to recorded tax liabilities are asserted.  In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of such matters, particularly matters that will be decided by a jury and actions that seek large damages based on novel and complex damage and liability legal theories or that involve a large number of parties, the Corporation cannot state with confidence the eventual outcome of these matters or the timing of their ultimate resolution, or estimate the possible loss or range of loss associated with them; however, based on current knowledge and after consultation with legal counsel, management does not believe that judgments or settlements in excess of amounts already reserved, if any, arising from pending or threatened legal actions, employment matters, or challenges from tax authorities, either individually or in the aggregate, would have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position or liquidity of the Corporation, although they could have a material effect on operating results for a particular period.

In April 2010, two substantially identical putative class action lawsuits were filed in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Wisconsin against the Corporation, the M&I Retirement Plan Investment Committee, and certain of the Corporation’s officers and directors.  The lawsuits were purportedly filed on behalf of M&I Retirement Program, three other retirement savings plans and a class of former and current participants in those plans, relating to the holdings of Corporation common stock during the period from November 10, 2006 to December 17, 2009.  The complaints allege breaches of fiduciary duties in violation of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA) relating to Corporation common stock being offered as an investment alternative for participants in the retirement plans and seek monetary damages.  At this early stage of the lawsuits, it is not possible for management of the Corporation to assess the probability of a material adverse outcome or reasonably estimate the amount of any potential loss at this time. The Corporation intends to vigorously defend these lawsuits.
 
 
 
45

 
MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2010 & 2009 (Unaudited)

In June 2010, M&I Bank was named as a defendant in a putative class action alleging its posting of debit card transactions is a breach of the implied obligation of good faith and fair dealing, is a breach of the Wisconsin Consumer Act, is unconscionable, constitutes conversion, and unjustly enriches the Corporation.  The plaintiff alleges that the daily low to high postings of debit card entries, rather than chronological postings, results in excessive overdraft fees.  The plaintiff seeks to represent a nationwide class for all of the claims except that involving the Wisconsin Consumer Act, for which it seeks to represent a class of Wisconsin customers of M&I Bank.  The lawsuit, while initially filed in the United States District Court for the Middle District of Florida, has been transferred for pretrial purposes in a multi-district litigation (“MDL”) proceeding in the Southern District of Florida, in which numerous other putative class actions against financial institutions asserting similar claims are pending.  The consolidation in the MDL is for pre-trial discovery and motion proceedings.  At this early stage of the lawsuit, it is not possible for management of the Corporation to assess the probability of a material adverse outcome or reasonably estimate the amount of any potential loss at this time.  M&I Bank intends to vigorously defend this lawsuit.
 

17.  
Subsequent Events

On June 17, 2010, the Board of Directors declared a regular quarterly cash dividend of $21.4 million in the aggregate on its Senior Preferred Stock, Series B.  The Senior Preferred Stock, Series B was purchased from the Corporation by the U.S. Treasury as part of the U.S. Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program.  The Preferred Stock dividend is payable on August 16, 2010 to the shareholder of record at the close of business on July 30, 2010.

 
 
46


ITEM 2.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED AVERAGE BALANCE SHEETS
($000’s)


   
Three Months Ended June 30,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
Assets
           
Cash and due from banks
  $ 693,188     $ 747,773  
Trading assets
    261,795       581,127  
Short-term investments
    1,674,421       458,650  
Investment securities:
               
Taxable
    6,540,648       6,254,354  
Tax-exempt
    871,506       1,059,464  
Total investment securities
    7,412,154       7,313,818  
Loans and leases:
               
Loans and leases, net of unearned income
    42,156,951       48,875,520  
Allowance for loan and lease losses
    (1,531,764 )     (1,361,173 )
Net loans and leases
    40,625,187       47,514,347  
Premises and equipment, net
    555,753       572,193  
Accrued interest and other assets
    4,461,131       3,755,832  
Total Assets
  $ 55,683,629     $ 60,943,740  
                 
Liabilities and Equity
               
Deposits:
               
Noninterest bearing
  $ 7,924,770     $ 7,354,814  
Interest bearing
    33,249,060       32,503,139  
Total deposits
    41,173,830       39,857,953  
Federal funds purchased and security repurchase agreements
    705,551       1,735,291  
Other short-term borrowings
    68,400       2,471,202  
Long-term borrowings
    5,815,642       9,439,766  
Accrued expenses and other liabilties
    1,020,273       1,040,822  
Total Liabilities
    48,783,696       54,545,034  
Equity
               
Marshall & Ilsley Corporation shareholders' equity
    6,889,002       6,388,188  
Noncontrolling interest in subsidiaries
    10,931       10,518  
Total Equity
    6,899,933       6,398,706  
Total Liabilities and Equity
  $ 55,683,629     $ 60,943,740  
 
 
 
47


 
MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED AVERAGE BALANCE SHEETS
($000’s)
 
 
   
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
Assets
           
Cash and due from banks
  $ 690,156     $ 775,316  
Trading assets
    257,396       583,045  
Short-term investments
    1,697,694       514,207  
Investment securities:
               
Taxable
    6,545,871       6,429,895  
Tax-exempt
    887,063       1,070,508  
Total investment securities
    7,432,934       7,500,403  
Loans and leases:
               
Loans and leases, net of unearned income
    42,841,442       49,343,013  
Allowance for loan and lease losses
    (1,533,575 )     (1,303,627 )
Net loans and leases
    41,307,867       48,039,386  
Premises and equipment, net
    559,294       570,739  
Accrued interest and other assets
    4,439,582       3,703,387  
Total Assets
  $ 56,384,923     $ 61,686,483  
                 
Liabilities and Equity
               
Deposits:
               
Noninterest bearing
  $ 7,872,319     $ 6,920,679  
Interest bearing
    33,667,808       32,842,406  
Total deposits
    41,540,127       39,763,085  
Federal funds purchased and security repurchase agreements
    709,907       1,842,092  
Other short-term borrowings
    183,854       3,119,008  
Long-term borrowings
    6,022,630       9,504,882  
Accrued expenses and other liabilties
    974,044       1,081,435  
Total Liabilities
    49,430,562       55,310,502  
Equity
               
Marshall & Ilsley Corporation shareholders' equity
    6,943,292       6,365,528  
Noncontrolling interest in subsidiaries
    11,069       10,453  
Total Equity
    6,954,361       6,375,981  
Total Liabilities and Equity
  $ 56,384,923     $ 61,686,483  
 
 
 
48

 
 
OVERVIEW


For the three months ended June 30, 2010, the net loss attributable to the Corporation’s common shareholders amounted to $173.8 million or $0.33 per diluted common share compared to the net loss attributable to the Corporation’s common shareholders of $234.0 million or $0.83 per diluted common share for the three months ended June 30, 2009.  For the six months ended June 30, 2010, the net loss attributable to the Corporation’s common shareholders amounted to $314.3 million or $0.60 per diluted common share compared to the net loss attributable to the Corporation’s common shareholders of $350.9 million or $1.29 per diluted common share for the six months ended June 30, 2009.

The net loss attributable to the Corporation’s common shareholders for the three months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 includes $25.2 million and $25.0 million, or $0.05 and $0.09 per diluted common share, respectively, for dividends on the Senior Preferred Stock, Series B (the “Senior Preferred Stock”) issued to the United States Department of the Treasury (the “UST”) in the fourth quarter of 2008 under the UST’s Capital Purchase Program (the “CPP”).  For the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, the net loss attributable to the Corporation’s common shareholders includes $50.4 million and $50.0 million, or $0.10 and $0.19 per diluted common share, respectively, for dividends on the Senior Preferred Stock.

Financial performance in 2010 compared to 2009 based on diluted earnings per share is affected by the number of common shares used to determine earnings per share.  Shares of common stock outstanding at June 30, 2010 increased by 159.4 million or 43.3% compared to common shares outstanding at June 30, 2009.  Average common shares used to determine diluted earnings per share increased by 245.4 million or 87.1% in the second quarter of 2010 compared to the second quarter of 2009 and increased by 253.3 million or 92.6% in the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2009.  The increase in the number of shares of common stock outstanding and average common shares used to determine diluted earnings per share was primarily due to the sales of newly-issued shares of common stock during June and October of 2009.

Credit quality-related charges continued to be the primary driver of the Corporation’s financial performance in each of the three and six month periods ended June 30, 2010 and 2009.  For the three months ended June 30, 2010, the provision for loan and lease losses amounted to $439.9 million, which on an after-tax basis was approximately $277.1 million or $0.53 per diluted common share.  By comparison, the provision for loan and lease losses in the second quarter of 2009 amounted to $619.0 million, which on an after-tax basis was approximately $390.0 million or $1.39 per diluted common share.  On a linked-quarter basis, the provision for loan and lease losses in the second quarter of 2010 declined $18.2 million or 4.0% compared to the first quarter of 2010.  For the six months ended June 30, 2010, the provision for loan and lease losses amounted to $898.0 million, which on an after-tax basis was approximately $565.7 million or $1.08 per diluted common share.  By comparison, the provision for loan and lease losses in the six months ended June 30, 2009 amounted to $1,096.9 million, which on an after-tax basis was approximately $691.1 million or $2.53 per diluted common share.

Write-downs associated with loans available for sale (other than mortgage loans originated for sale) are reported as a reduction of other income in the Consolidated Statements of Income and amounted to $5.2 million, which, on an after-tax basis, was approximately $3.3 million or $0.01 per diluted common share in the second quarter of 2010.  For the six months ended June 30, 2010, write-downs associated with loans available for sale amounted to $12.5 million, which, on an after-tax basis, was approximately $7.9 million or $0.01 per diluted common share.  By comparison, write-downs associated with loans available for sale amounted to $11.6 million, which on an after-tax basis, was approximately $7.3 million in both the three and six month periods ended June 30, 2009 or $0.03 per diluted common share for the quarter ended June 30, 2009.  There were no write-downs associated with loans available for sale in the first quarter of 2009.

Nonaccrual loans and leases at June 30, 2010, which the Corporation refers to as nonperforming loans, decreased $152.4 million or 7.8% since March 31, 2010, representing the fourth consecutive quarter of a reported decrease in nonperforming loans.  The highest reported point of nonperforming loans at any quarter-end in the prior two years was $2,416.1 million at June 30, 2009.  Since June 30, 2009, nonperforming loans declined $614.7 million or 25.4% and amounted to $1,801.4 million at June 30, 2010.  The elevated levels of nonperforming loans reflect the recessionary economy, which includes higher levels of unemployment, and the weak national real estate markets.  In addition, the amount of impairment, which affects charge-offs and the level of the allowance for loans and leases, remained elevated due to the depressed state of underlying real estate collateral values, particularly construction and development loans.  The decrease in nonperforming loans at June 30, 2010 reflects the effects of the Corporation’s actions taken to reduce the levels of nonperforming loans, as well as the decline in new nonperforming loans.

 
 
 
Compared to the first quarter of 2010, the amount of new loans and leases that went into nonperforming status in the second quarter of 2010 decreased by approximately $61.7 million or 9.2% and was the lowest level since the first quarter of 2008.  Loans past due 30-89 days, excluding credit card loans, student loans and loans in nonperforming status, declined for the fifth consecutive quarter and declined $76.3 million or 14.3% from March 31, 2010 to June 30, 2010.

While the direction of these credit quality metrics is evidence of credit quality improvement, management recognizes that the economic recovery remains fragile, unemployment remains elevated and real estate markets remain relatively unstable.

The Corporation continued to employ a variety of strategies to mitigate and reduce its loan loss exposures such as loan sales and restructuring loan terms to lessen the financial stress and the probability of foreclosure for qualifying customers that have demonstrated the capacity and ability to repay their debt obligations in a manner that serves the best interests of both the customer and the Corporation. Accruing troubled-debt restructured loans, which the Corporation refers to as “accruing renegotiated loans,” amounted to $714.6 million at June 30, 2010 compared to $731.8 million at March 31, 2010.

The allowance for loans and leases amounted to $1,516.8 million or 3.67% of total loans and leases outstanding at June 30, 2010 compared to $1,515.2 million or 3.55% at March 31, 2010 and $1,367.8 million or 2.84% at June 30, 2009.  Net charge-offs amounted to $438.3 million or 4.17% of average loans and leases for the three months ended June 30, 2010 compared to $423.4 million or 3.94% of average loans and leases for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and $603.3 million or 4.95% of average loans and leases for the three months ended June 30, 2009.    For the six months ended June 30, 2010, net charge-offs amounted to $861.7 million or 4.06% of average loans and leases compared to $931.3 million or 3.81% of average loans and leases for the six months ended June 30, 2009.

The Corporation continued to experience elevated levels of expenses due to the increase in operating costs associated with collection efforts and carrying nonperforming assets.  The estimated expense associated with collection efforts and carrying nonperforming assets, net of related revenue, amounted to $37.4 million for the second quarter of 2010 compared to $44.0 million for the second quarter of 2009, a decrease of $6.6 million. That decrease was primarily due to lower losses on sale and lower post-transfer write-downs on other real estate owned (“OREO”).  On an after-tax basis, that net expense amounted to $23.5 million or $0.04 per diluted common share in the second quarter of 2010 compared to $27.7 million or $0.10 per diluted common share in the second quarter of 2009.  For the six months ended June 30, 2010, the estimated expense associated with collection efforts and carrying nonperforming assets, net of related revenue, amounted to $77.8 million compared to $83.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009, a decrease of $5.6 million. That decrease was primarily due to lower losses on sale and lower post-transfer write-downs on OREO.  On an after-tax basis, that net expense amounted to $49.0 million or $0.09 per diluted common share in the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to $52.6 million or $0.20 per diluted common share in the six months ended June 30, 2009.

As previously discussed, operating expenses for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 and the three and six months ended June 30, 2009 remained at elevated levels due to the increased costs associated with collection efforts and carrying nonperforming assets as well as other credit-related expenses.

Operating expenses for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 included increased expenses associated with Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) deposit insurance. FDIC insurance expense for the three and six months ended June 30, 2009 included a special assessment by the FDIC that was levied on all banks. Operating expenses, excluding the expenses associated with collection efforts and carrying nonperforming assets and FDIC insurance expense, increased approximately 1.6% and 2.4% in the three and six month periods ended June 30, 2010, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2009.

Growth in transaction deposits, a favorable shift in deposit types, lower term funding costs, the partial deployment of excess liquidity and higher loan yields, resulted in higher net interest income in the second quarter and first half of 2010 compared to the second quarter and first half of 2009, despite the absence of loan growth.
 
 

 
Growth in both personal and institutional trust business lines resulted in higher wealth management revenue in the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2009.

Lower mortgage loan closings resulted in lower mortgage banking revenue in the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2009.

Net investment securities gains were not significant for the three and six month periods ended June 30, 2010.  For each of the three and six month periods ended June 30, 2009, net investment securities gains amounted to $82.7 million, respectively.  During the second quarter of 2009, the Corporation sold United States government agency investment securities and sold its Visa, Inc. (“Visa”), Series B common stock.  The gain resulting from these transactions amounted to $79.0 million, which on an after-tax basis was approximately $49.8 million or $0.18 per diluted common share.

During the first quarter of 2010, the Corporation sold its merchant portfolio processing at a gain.  The gain from this transaction amounted to $48.3 million and is reported as Sale of merchant portfolio processing in the Corporation’s Consolidated Statements of Income for the six months ended June 30, 2010.

During the first quarter of 2010, health care reform legislation was enacted. Among other matters, this legislation contained provisions that affected the accounting for retiree prescription drug coverage. The provision (benefit) for income taxes for the six months ended June 30, 2010 includes additional income tax expense of $4.1 million that was recorded for the write-off of deferred tax assets to reflect the change in the tax treatment of the Medicare Part D federal subsidy as a result of that enacted legislation.  During the second quarter of 2009, the Corporation recorded a tax benefit of $18.0 million or $0.06 per diluted common share due to the favorable resolution of a tax matter.  For the six months ended June 30, 2009, tax benefits arising from the previous disclosed favorable resolution of a tax matter and enacted legislation that required combined reporting for Wisconsin state income tax purposes in the first quarter of 2009 amounted to $69.0 million or $0.25 per diluted common share.
 
 
At June 30, 2010, the Corporation’s Tier 1 regulatory capital ratio was 11.00%, or $2,228.7 million in excess of well capitalized under the Federal Reserve Board’s regulatory framework.  To be well capitalized under the regulatory framework, the Tier 1 capital ratio must meet or exceed 6%.

2010 Outlook

With regard to the outlook for the remainder of 2010, management expects net interest income and the net interest margin will be relatively stable in the near term.

Commercial and industrial loans continued to contract in the second quarter of 2010 compared to the first quarter of 2010 although at a slower rate than the contraction experienced in the prior four quarters. Commercial customers appear to still be focused on expense management and debt reduction by delaying capital expenditures and reducing working capital demand.  However, commercial loan commitments and credit lines utilization have shown signs of stabilizing over the past two quarters.  Commercial loan and lease balances are expected to continue to contract at a slower rate. The rate of contraction will depend on the pace and strength of economic improvement. Construction and development loans are expected to continue to contract as the Corporation reduces its concentration in these types of loans to its corporate goal of less than 10% of total loans and leases. Given market conditions, management expects that construction and development loans will ultimately comprise less than 10% of total loans and leases. At June 30, 2010, construction and development loans were slightly less than 10.7% of total loans and leases outstanding, which is down from the peak at September 30, 2007, when construction and development loans were 22.6% of total loans and leases outstanding.  The Corporation continues to experience minimal new commercial real estate development originations and expects this trend to continue.  As a result of that reduced demand and normal payment activity, commercial real estate loans are expected to continue to contract slightly.

Wealth management revenue will continue to be affected by market volatility and direction.

The decline in nonperforming loans for the fourth consecutive quarter, continued improvement in delinquencies for the fifth consecutive quarter, reduced levels of loans going into nonperforming status and lower levels of net charge-offs have resulted in the lower provision for loan and lease losses this quarter compared to the provisions for loan and lease losses reported in any quarter of 2009.  The Corporation’s nonperforming loans and leases continue to be elevated, the improving economy remained fragile and unemployment levels continued to be volatile and elevated during the second quarter of 2010.  As demonstrated in 2008 and 2009, the credit environment and underlying collateral values can change rapidly. Based on those considerations, the Corporation determined that the allowance for loan and lease losses in the second quarter of 2010 should remain consistent with the prior quarter.
 
 

 
The Corporation’s credit quality statistics as of and for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 reinforced recent trends with additional positive evidence that the Corporation has experienced credit improvement.  Management expects that these trends will continue. Management also expects that continuing credit improvement along with continued improvement in the economy and a reduction or stabilization in unemployment would result in lower provisions for loan and lease losses and a reduced allowance for loan and lease losses in the second half of 2010. There are numerous unknown factors at this time that will ultimately affect the timing and amount of nonperforming loans and leases, net charge-offs and the provision for loan and lease losses that will be recognized in the remainder of 2010.  The timing and amount of charge-offs will continue to be influenced by loan sales and the Corporation’s other strategies for managing its nonperforming loans and leases.


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This report, including, but not limited to, the section entitled “2010 Outlook,” contains statements that may constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the safe-harbor provisions for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, such as statements other than historical facts contained or incorporated by reference in this report.  These forward-looking statements include statements with respect to M&I’s financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance and business, including statements preceded by, followed by or that include the words “believes,” “expects,” or “anticipates,” references to estimates or similar expressions.  Future filings by M&I with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and future statements other than historical facts contained in written material, press releases and oral statements issued by, or on behalf of, M&I may also constitute forward-looking statements.

All forward-looking statements contained in this report or which may be contained in future statements made for or on behalf of M&I are based upon information available at the time the statement is made and M&I assumes no obligation to update any forward-looking statements, except as required by federal securities law.  Forward-looking statements are subject to significant risks and uncertainties, and M&I’s actual results may differ materially from the expected results discussed in such forward-looking statements.  Factors that might cause actual results to differ from the results discussed in forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, the risk factors in Item 1A, Risk Factors in the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 and as may be described from time to time in the Corporation’s subsequent SEC filings.


THE DODD-FRANK WALL STREET REFORM AND CONSUMER PROTECTION ACT
 
The Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law on July 21, 2010.  Since the Dodd-Frank Act calls for federal regulatory agencies to adopt almost 250 new rules and conduct more than 60 studies over the next several years in order to implement its provisions, the ultimate impact of the legislation on the Corporation will not be known for many months or years. However, since many of the provisions apply to “systemically important” companies, including the Corporation, the Corporation will be subject to substantial new requirements and enhanced regulatory oversight. Management expects the impact of the new requirements on the Corporation to be significant.
 
The following summary is intended only to highlight those provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act that the Corporation believes will have the most significant potential impact on the Corporation and its operations in the future.  The summary does not describe every provision of the Dodd-Frank Act that may in any way affect the Corporation, and is not intended to provide a summary of the legislation in its entirety.
 
Key provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act that are likely to affect the Corporation, M&I Bank and its other subsidiaries in the near- and long-term include:
 
Changes in FDIC insurance.  The Dodd-Frank Act increases the FDIC’s minimum ratio of reserves to insured deposits and changes how deposit insurance premium assessments from the FDIC are calculated through provisions specifically designed to capture more deposit insurance premium income from the larger U.S. banks.  These provisions will lead to higher FDIC insurance premiums for M&I Bank for the foreseeable future.  The legislation also permanently increases federal deposit insurance coverage to $250,000.
 
 
 
 
Debit card transaction interchange fees.  The Dodd-Frank Act directs the Federal Reserve to issue rules to ensure that small businesses and other merchants are charged only an amount “reasonable and proportional” to the cost incurred by payment processors and issuers of debit cards.  These rules are likely to have a negative impact on M&I Bank’s debit card interchange fee income, though the extent of any such impact will not be known until the rules are issued.
 
Proprietary trading restrictions.  With certain exceptions, the Dodd-Frank Act prohibits insured depositary institutions and their parent holding companies (including the Corporation and its banking subsidiaries) from engaging in proprietary trading, except for limited purposes, and from owning equity interests in private equity and hedge funds beyond a de minimis amount not exceeding 3% of the bank’s Tier 1 capital.  The Corporation, M&I Bank and its other subsidiaries engage in only a de minimis amount of proprietary trading, and the Corporation’s investments in private equity and hedge funds are not expected to be affected by  the 3% de minimis threshold, depending upon how the threshold is ultimately calculated based on the forthcoming regulations.
 
Regulation of derivatives.  The Dodd-Frank Act imposes significant restrictions on the trading of derivatives, and provides for increased regulation by the SEC and the Commodities Futures Trading Commission of the over-the-counter derivative market.  The Dodd-Frank Act will require bank holding companies to spin off certain riskier derivative trading activities to separately capitalized affiliates, while continuing to authorize perceived lower-risk derivative activities by banks to the extent these activities qualify as risk mitigating activities directly related to the bank’s activities.  The Corporation does not currently expect these provisions to have a significant impact on its operations, though they may limit potential areas of expansion by the Corporation’s banking subsidiaries of their derivative activities, products and services.
 
Bank capital.  The Collins Amendment in the Dodd-Frank Act affects the capital requirements for commercial banks, and includes a phased-in exclusion of trust preferred securities as an element of Tier 1 capital for certain bank holding companies.  Bank holding companies such as the Corporation with total assets of $15 billion or more have three years to phase-out trust preferred securities from their Tier 1 capital, beginning January 1, 2013. At June 30, 2010, the Corporation had $99.1 million in trust preferred securities outstanding.  Preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury under the Capital Purchase program is exempt from the Collins Amendment and is permanently includible in Tier 1 capital for all bank holding companies.
 
Minimum Leverage and Risk-Based Capital Requirements.  The Dodd-Frank Act mandates federal banking agencies to establish new minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements for banks, bank holding companies, and “systemically important” non-banking companies.  These new requirements must be established within 18 months of the Dodd-Frank Act’s effective date.  While the Dodd-Frank Act does not provide any specific guidance on what the new capital levels should be, the law does provide that the capital levels currently in force should serve as a floor for any new capital requirements.  Accordingly, the Corporation expects that these new “prudential standards” will lead to higher capital requirements in the future.  The new law further mandates regulators to adapt capital requirements as banks grow in size or engage in riskier activities, and codifies for the first time the requirement imposed by bank regulators that a bank holding company must serve as a “source of strength” or provider of funds to its subsidiary depository institutions, if those funds are ever needed.
 
Consumer Financial Protection Bureau.  The Dodd-Frank Act establishes the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) as a new independent executive agency within the Federal Reserve, empowered with broad authority to regulate the offering and provision of consumer financial products and services.  The CFPB will have primary examination and enforcement authority over all insured banks with more than $10 billion in assets, including their affiliates, and will become the one central federal regulator with consolidated consumer protection authority for such banks.  The CFPB will have authority to require reports and conduct examinations of the largest depository institutions to assess compliance with federal consumer financial laws, to obtain information about activities and compliance systems, and to detect and assess risks to consumers and markets for consumer financial products and services.
 
The Dodd-Frank Act also directs the CFPB to prevent persons from engaging in or committing an unfair, deceptive or abusive act or practice in connection with a transaction with a consumer for a consumer financial product or service, or the offering thereof, to ensure that “fair disclosures” are provided to consumers, and that information relevant to the purchase of consumer products or services is disclosed to the consumer in plain language in a manner that permits consumers to understand the costs, benefits, and risks associated with the product or service.
 
Generally, the Corporation believes that its compliance costs and burdens will increase substantially as a result of the creation of the CFPB and the new rules it is expected to implement for consumer financial products and services.
 
 
 
 
Insurance for noninterest-bearing transaction accounts.  Under the Dodd-Frank Act, beginning December 31, 2010 (the scheduled termination date for the TAGP) and continuing through January 1, 2013, all funds held in noninterest-bearing transaction accounts will be fully guaranteed by the FDIC for the full amount of the account.  However, this unlimited insurance coverage will not extend to Interest on Lawyer Trust Accounts or minimal interest-bearing NOW accounts, which are currently covered under TAGP.
 
Corporate governance and executive compensation.  The Dodd-Frank Act contains a number of provisions relating to corporate governance and executive compensation practices and disclosure.  These include, among others, “say on pay,” which is a nonbinding shareholder vote on executive compensation; disclosure of so-called golden parachute arrangements; clawback provisions to recover erroneously awarded executive compensation; provisions relating to the independence and composition of compensation committees; and provisions requiring disclosure of the relationship between executive compensation and company performance, and the ratio of mean employee compensation to CEO compensation.  The specific details of most of these requirements will be set forth in rules to be issued by the SEC in the next 12 months.  The Corporation will take any necessary actions to comply with the applicable requirements as they become final.


OTHER NOTEWORTHY TRANSACTIONS AND EVENTS

Some of the other more noteworthy transactions and events that occurred in the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, by quarter, consisted of the following:

First Quarter 2010

During the first quarter of 2010, the Corporation sold its merchant portfolio processing.  Like other bank holding companies, the Corporation determined that processing, clearing, settlement and related services with respect to credit card and debit card transactions with merchants was not a material source of revenue or part of the Corporation’s core operating activities.  The gain which is reported as Sale of merchant portfolio processing in the Consolidated Statements of Income amounted to $48.3 million which on an after-tax basis amounted to $30.4 million or $0.06 per diluted common share.

On March 23, 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (the “PPACA”) was signed into law, and, on March 30, 2010, the Health Care and Reconciliation Act of 2010 (the “HCERA” and, together with PPACA, the “Health Care Acts”), which makes various amendments to certain aspects of the PPACA, was signed into law. The Health Care Acts effectively change the income tax treatment of federal subsidies paid to sponsors of retiree health benefit plans that provide prescription drug benefits that are at least actuarially equivalent to the corresponding benefits provided under Medicare Part D. The federal subsidy paid to employers was introduced as part of the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (the “MPDIMA”). The Corporation has been receiving the federal subsidy related to its eligible retiree prescription plan.  Under the MPDIMA, the federal subsidy does not reduce the Corporation’s income tax deduction for the costs of providing such prescription drug plans nor is it subject to income tax individually.   Under the Health Care Acts, beginning in 2013 the Corporation’s income tax deduction for the costs of providing Medicare Part D-equivalent prescription drug benefits to retirees will be reduced by the amount of the subsidy. Under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, any impact from a change in tax law must be recognized in earnings in the period enacted regardless of the effective date.  As a result, the Corporation recognized a noncash charge of $4.1 million or $0.01 per diluted common share for the write-off of deferred tax assets to reflect the change in tax treatment of the federal subsidy.

Second Quarter 2009

During the second quarter of 2009, the Corporation recognized a gain of $35.4 million in conjunction with the sale of its Visa Class B common stock.  Also during the second quarter, the Corporation realized a gain of $43.6 million from the sale of approximately $1.1 billion in aggregate principal amount of United States government agency investment securities.  These gains are included in Net investment securities gains in the Consolidated Statements of Income.  On an after-tax basis, these gains amounted to $49.8 million or $0.18 per diluted common share.

In the second quarter of 2009, the Corporation recognized a tax benefit of $18.0 million or $0.06 per diluted common share from a favorable resolution of a tax matter associated with a 2002 stock issuance.
 
 

 
During the second quarter of 2009, the Corporation recorded a special FDIC insurance assessment charge of $29.3 million. On an after-tax basis, the assessment amounted to $18.5 million or $0.07 per diluted common share.

On June 17, 2009, the Corporation announced the closing of its public offering of 100.0 million shares of its $1.00 par value common stock at $5.75 per share.  The 100.0 million shares included 13.0 million shares issued pursuant to the option granted to the underwriters by the Corporation, which was exercised in full.  The proceeds, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses, from their issuance amounted to $551.8 million.  In addition, under the initial shelf registration, the Corporation issued 670,300 shares of its common stock valued at $4.5 million, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses.

On May 27, 2009, the Corporation acquired the investment team and managed accounts of Delta Asset Management (“Delta”), an institutional large-cap core equity money manager based in Los Angeles, California.  Delta, an operating division of Berkeley Capital Management LLC, had approximately $1.2 billion in assets under management as of April 30, 2009.

First Quarter 2009

The State of Wisconsin enacted legislation that requires combined reporting for state income tax purposes. As a result, the Corporation recorded an additional income tax benefit of $51.0 million, or $0.19 per diluted common share to recognize certain state deferred tax assets, which included the reduction of a valuation allowance for Wisconsin net operating losses. The Corporation expects that income tax expense will increase in future periods due to the enacted legislation.


NET INTEREST INCOME

Net interest income is the difference between interest income on earning assets and interest expense on interest bearing liabilities.

Three Months ended June 30, 2010 Compared to Three Months ended June 30, 2009

Net interest income for the second quarter of 2010 amounted to $401.9 million compared to $391.8 million reported for the second quarter of 2009, an increase of $10.1 million or 2.6%. Growth in transaction deposits, a favorable shift in deposit types, lower term funding costs, the partial deployment of excess liquidity and higher yields on loans, resulted in higher net interest income in the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2009, despite the absence of loan growth.

Average interest earning assets amounted to $51.5 billion for the second quarter of 2010, a decrease of $5.7 billion or 10.0% compared to the second quarter of 2009.  Average loans and leases decreased $6.7 billion or 13.7% and average investment securities increased $0.1 billion or 1.3% in the second quarter of 2010 compared to the second quarter of 2009.  Average trading assets decreased $0.3 billion in the second quarter of 2010 compared to the second quarter of 2009. Average short-term investments increased $1.2 billion in the second quarter of 2010 compared to the second quarter of 2009 which reflects management’s decision to maintain higher levels of liquid assets.

Average interest bearing liabilities amounted to $39.8 billion for the second quarter of 2010, a decrease of $6.3 billion or 13.7% compared to the second quarter of 2009.  Average interest bearing deposits increased $0.7 billion or 2.3% in the second quarter of 2010 compared to the second quarter of 2009.  Average short-term borrowings decreased $3.4 billion or 81.6% in the second quarter of 2010 compared to the same period in 2009.  Average long-term borrowings decreased $3.6 billion or 38.4% in the second quarter of 2010 compared to the second quarter of 2009.  In addition to maturities, the decline in average long-term borrowings reflects the effect of the acquisition and extinguishment of long-term borrowings throughout 2009 and 2010 at a net gain.

Average noninterest bearing deposits increased approximately $0.6 billion or 7.7% in the three months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2009.
 
 

 
Six Months ended June 30, 2010 Compared to Six Months ended June 30, 2009

For the six months ended June 30, 2010, net interest income amounted to $805.4 million compared to $793.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009, an increase of $11.8 million or 1.5%. The factors that contributed to the increase in net interest income for the second quarter of  2010 compared to the second quarter of  2009 as previously described were the same factors that contributed to the increase in net interest income for six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2009.
 
For the six months ended June 30, 2010, average interest earning assets amounted to $52.2 billion compared to $57.9 billion for the six months ended June 30, 2009, a decrease of $5.7 billion or 9.9%. Average loans and leases decreased $6.5 billion or 13.2% in the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2009.  Average investment securities and average trading assets decreased $0.4 billion and average short-term investments increased $1.2 billion in the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2009.

Average interest bearing liabilities decreased $6.7 billion or 14.2% in the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2009.  Average interest bearing deposits increased $0.8 billion or 2.5% in the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2009.  Average short-term borrowings declined $4.0 billion or 82.0% and average long-term borrowings decreased $3.5 billion or 36.6% in the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2009.  As previously discussed, the decline in average long-term borrowings reflect the effect of the acquisition and extinguishment of long-term borrowings throughout 2009 and 2010, at a net gain, in addition to maturities. Over the twelve months ended June 30, 2010, the Corporation re-acquired and extinguished $1.1 billion in par value of long-term borrowings.

For the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2009, average noninterest bearing deposits increased $1.0 billion or 13.8%.
 
 

 
Loans and Leases

The growth and composition of the Corporation’s quarterly average loan and lease portfolio for the current quarter and previous four quarters are reflected in the following table ($ in millions):

Consolidated Average Loans and Leases


   
2010
   
2009
   
Growth Percent
 
   
Second
Quarter
   
First
Quarter
   
Fourth
Quarter
   
Third
Quarter
   
Second
Quarter
   
Annual
   
Prior
Quarter
 
Commercial:
                                         
Commercial
  $ 11,877     $ 12,225     $ 12,721     $ 13,667     $ 14,404       (17.5 ) %     (2.8 ) %
Commercial lease financing
    449       462       481       497       522       (13.9 )     (2.9 )
Total commercial loans and leases
    12,326       12,687       13,202       14,164       14,926       (17.4 )     (2.8 )
                                                         
Real estate:
                                                       
                                                         
Commercial real estate
    13,485       13,587       13,813       13,844       13,549       (0.5 )     (0.7 )
                                                         
Residential real estate
    4,752       4,868       5,085       5,263       5,695       (16.6 )     (2.4 )
                                                         
Construction and development:
                                                       
Commercial construction
    2,175       2,392       2,649       2,860       3,290       (33.9 )     (9.1 )
Commercial land
    799       859       878       922       898       (11.0 )     (7.0 )
Construction by developers
    343       398       474       520       693       (50.4 )     (13.7 )
Residential land
    1,363       1,526       1,705       1,851       2,016       (32.4 )     (10.7 )
Construction by individuals
    151       254       358       500       690       (78.1 )     (40.5 )
Total construction and development
    4,831       5,429       6,064       6,653       7,587       (36.3 )     (11.0 )
Total real estate
    23,068       23,884       24,962       25,760       26,831       (14.0 )     (3.4 )
                                                         
Consumer loans and leases:
                                                       
Home equity loans and lines of credit
    4,529       4,645       4,762       4,844       4,969       (8.9 )     (2.5 )
Other personal loans
    2,119       2,185       2,255       2,200       1,959       8.2       (3.0 )
Personal lease financing
    115       133       150       169       190       (39.3 )     (13.3 )
Total consumer loans and leases
    6,763       6,963       7,167       7,213       7,118       (5.0 )     (2.9 )
                                                         
Total consolidated average loans and leases
  $ 42,157     $ 43,534     $ 45,331     $ 47,137     $ 48,875       (13.7 ) %     (3.2 ) %
                                                         
Total consolidated average loans and leases excluding total construction and development
  $ 37,326     $ 38,105     $ 39,267     $ 40,484     $ 41,288       (9.6 ) %     (2.0 ) %

Total consolidated average loans and leases decreased approximately $6.7 billion or 13.7% in the second quarter of 2010 compared to the second quarter of 2009.  Compared to the first quarter of 2010, average loans and leases decreased $1.4 billion or 3.2%. For the six months ended June 30, 2010, total consolidated average loans and leases decreased $6.5 billion or 13.2% compared to total consolidated average loans and leases for the six months ended June 30, 2009.
 
 
Total average commercial loans and leases declined $2.6 billion or 17.4% in the second quarter of 2010 compared to the second quarter of 2009.  Compared to the first quarter of 2010, total average commercial loans and leases decreased $0.4 billion or 2.8%. For the six months ended June 30, 2010, total average commercial loans and leases amounted to $12.5 billion compared to $15.1 billion for the six months ended June 30, 2009, a decrease of $2.6 billion or 17.2%. Commercial and industrial loans continued to contract in the second quarter of 2010 compared to the first quarter of 2010 although at a slower rate than the contraction experienced in the prior four quarters. Commercial customers appear to still be focused on expense management and debt reduction by delaying capital expenditures and reducing working capital demand.  However, commercial loan commitments and credit lines utilization have shown signs of stabilizing over the past two quarters.  Commercial loan and lease balances are expected to continue to contract at a slower rate. The rate of contraction will depend on the pace and strength of economic improvement.  At June 30, 2010 commercial loans held for sale amounted to $43.6 million.

Total average commercial real estate loans decreased slightly in the second quarter of 2010 compared to the second quarter of 2009.  For the six months ended June 30, 2010, total average commercial real estate loans amounted to $13.5 billion compared to $13.2 billion for the six months ended June 30, 2009, an increase of $0.3 billion or 2.4%.  The majority of the reported year to date growth over the prior year represents the migration of construction loans to commercial real estate loans once construction was completed.  In normal market conditions, the Corporation generally limited the amount of post construction financing (permanent financing) it provided to those loans with interest rates and terms that conform to the Corporation’s interest rate risk profile or loans where a significant long-term customer relationship existed.  In many cases, the interest rate and term that customers wanted for permanent financing was readily available and provided by institutional investors in normal market conditions.  The current lack of market liquidity has resulted in customers not being able to secure financing elsewhere irrespective of their ability to service the debt.  As a result, the Corporation has provided interim loans that are intended to provide temporary financing until such time as the liquidity in the commercial real estate lending markets returns to normal conditions.  The interim loans are structured to ensure a significant amount of the income generated from the commercial real estate project is used to pay interest at market rates and reduce outstanding principal. Compared to the first quarter of 2010, total average commercial real estate loans declined $0.1 billion or 0.7%. The Corporation continues to experience declines in new commercial real estate development originations and expects this trend to continue.  As a result of that reduced demand and normal payment activity, commercial real estate loans are expected to continue to contract slightly.  Commercial real estate loans held for sale amounted to $25.4 million at June 30, 2010.
 
 

 
Total average residential real estate loans declined $0.9 billion or 16.6% in the second quarter of 2010 compared to the second quarter of 2009.  Compared to the first quarter of 2010, total average residential real estate loans decreased $0.1 billion or 2.4%. For the six months ended June 30, 2010, total average residential real estate loans amounted to $4.8 billion compared to $5.7 billion for the six months ended June 30, 2009, a decrease of $0.9 billion or 16.1%.  Throughout 2009 and the first half of 2010, the Corporation sold over 93% of its residential real estate production to the secondary market.  For the three months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, real estate loans sold to investors amounted to $0.4 billion and $1.0 billion, respectively.  For the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, real estate loans sold to investors amounted to $0.8 billion and $1.8 billion, respectively.  At June 30, 2010 and 2009, the Corporation had approximately $41.3 million and $138.9 million, respectively, of residential mortgage loans held for sale.  Gains from the sale of mortgage loans amounted to $7.1 million in the second quarter of 2010 compared to $16.8 million in the second quarter of 2009.  For the six months ended June 30, 2010, gains from the sale of mortgage loans amounted to $12.7 million compared to $26.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009.  As a result of selling the majority of new production and normal payment activity, residential real estate loans are expected to continue to contract.

Total average construction and development loans declined $2.8 billion or 36.3% in the second quarter of 2010 compared to the second quarter of 2009 and declined $0.6 billion or 11.0% since the first quarter of 2010.  For the six months ended June 30, 2010, total average construction and development loans amounted to $5.1 billion compared to $8.1 billion for the six months ended June 30, 2009, a decrease of $3.0 billion or 36.9%.  The decrease in construction and development loans has been due to payments, transfers to other loan types when projects are completed, loan sales and charge-offs.  Construction and development loans held for sale amounted to $55.0 million and $73.8 million at June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Construction and development loans are expected to continue to contract as the Corporation reduces its concentration in these types of loans to its corporate goal of less than 10% of total loans and leases. Given market conditions, management expects that construction and development loans will ultimately comprise less than 10% of total loans and leases. Construction and development loans amounted to $4.4 billion at June 30, 2010, which was slightly less than 10.7% of total loans and leases outstanding at that date and was $0.4 billion less than average construction and development loans for the three months ended June 30, 2010.

Total average consumer loans and leases declined $0.4 billion or 5.0% in the second quarter of 2010 compared to the second quarter of 2009.  For the six months ended June 30, 2010, total average consumer loans amounted to $6.9 billion compared to $7.2 billion for the same period in 2009, a decrease of $0.3 billion or 4.2%.  Average home equity loans and lines of credit declined $0.4 billion or 8.9% in the second quarter of 2010 compared to the second quarter of 2009 and declined $0.4 billion or 8.6% in the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2009.  Average consumer auto loans increased $0.4 billion or 46.8% in the second quarter of 2010 compared to the second quarter of 2009 but were relatively unchanged compared to average consumer auto loans in the first quarter of 2010.  Average auto leases, student loans and other consumer loans decreased $0.3 billion in the second quarter of 2010 compared to the second quarter of 2009.  Credit card loans averaged $0.3 billion in the second quarter of 2010 and were relatively unchanged compared to average credit card loans in the second quarter of 2009 and the first quarter of 2010.  For the six months ended June 30, 2010, credit card loans averaged $0.3 billion and represented less than 1% of the Corporation’s total average loan and lease portfolio.  Credit card loans are not a significant component of the Corporation’s loan and lease portfolio. Consumer loans and leases are expected to continue to contract.
 
 

 
Deposits

The growth and composition of the Corporation’s quarterly average deposits for the current and previous four quarters are as follows ($ in millions):

Consolidated Average Deposits

   
2010
   
2009
   
Growth Percent
 
   
Second
Quarter
   
First
Quarter
   
Fourth
Quarter
   
Third
Quarter
   
Second
Quarter
   
Annual
   
Prior
Quarter
 
Noninterest bearing:
                                         
Commercial
  $ 5,947     $ 5,934     $ 6,152     $ 5,973     $ 5,505       8.0 %     0.2 %
Personal
    1,090       1,035       988       963       1,003       8.6       5.3  
Other
    888       850       858       926       847       4.9       4.5  
Total noninterest bearing
    7,925       7,819       7,998       7,862       7,355       7.7       1.3  
                                                         
Interest bearing:
                                                       
Savings and NOW
                                                       
Savings
    2,666       2,579       2,508       2,253       1,386       92.3       3.4  
NOW
    4,167       4,575       3,887       3,246       2,746       51.7       (8.9 )
Brokered NOW
    77       73       73       76       43       80.4       5.4  
Total savings and NOW
    6,910       7,227       6,468       5,575       4,175       65.5       (4.4 )
                                                         
Money market
                                                       
Money market index
    6,798       6,783       6,395       6,125       6,185       9.9       0.2  
Money market savings
    1,599       987       968       918       916       74.7       62.0  
Brokered money market
    4,288       4,166       3,358       3,250       3,106       38.0       2.9  
Total money market
    12,685       11,936       10,721       10,293       10,207       24.3       6.3  
                                                         
Time
                                                       
CDs $100,000 and over
                                                       
Large CDs
    2,217       2,505       2,945       3,563       4,461       (50.3 )     (11.5 )
Brokered CDs
    6,171       6,853       7,417       7,830       7,455       (17.2 )     (10.0 )
Total CDs $100,000 and over
    8,388       9,358       10,362       11,393       11,916       (29.6 )     (10.5 )
                                                         
Other CDs and time
    5,052       5,322       5,720       5,841       5,736       (11.9 )     (5.1 )
Total time
    13,440       14,680       16,082       17,234       17,652       (23.9 )     (8.5 )
                                                         
Foreign
                                                       
Foreign activity
    214       248       302       372       469       (54.4 )     (13.5 )
Total foreign
    214       248       302       372       469       (54.4 )     (13.5 )
                                                         
Total interest bearing
    33,249       34,091       33,573       33,474       32,503       2.3       (2.5 )
Total consolidated average deposits
  $ 41,174     $ 41,910     $ 41,571     $ 41,336     $ 39,858       3.3 %     (1.8 ) %

Total consolidated average deposits increased $1.3 billion or 3.3% in the second quarter of 2010 compared to the second quarter of 2009 and decreased $0.7 billion or 1.8% compared to the first quarter of 2010.  Average noninterest bearing deposits increased $0.6 billion or 7.7% in the second quarter of 2010 compared to the second quarter of 2009 and increased $0.1 billion or 1.3% compared to the first quarter of 2010.  Average interest bearing deposits increased approximately $0.7 billion or 2.3% in the second quarter of 2010 compared to the second quarter of 2009 and decreased $0.8 billion or 2.5% compared to the first quarter of 2010. Average total time deposits decreased $4.2 billion in the second quarter of 2010 compared to the second quarter of 2009 and decreased $1.2 billion or 8.5% compared to the first quarter of 2010.  Growth in average money market deposits and savings and NOW accounts more than offset the decline in average total time deposits in the second quarter of 2010 compared to the second quarter of 2009.  Total average money market deposits increased $2.5 billion or 24.3% in the second quarter of 2010 compared to the second quarter of 2009 and increased $0.7 billion or 6.3% compared to the first quarter of 2010.  Average savings and NOW deposits increased $2.7 billion or 65.5% in the second quarter of 2010 compared to the second quarter of 2009 and decreased $0.3 billion or 4.4% compared to the first quarter of 2010.  The growth in average money market accounts and savings and NOW accounts compared with the prior year reflects the reconfiguration of many of the Corporation’s deposit product offerings with competitive pricing to retain customers and attract new deposits.  In addition, some existing customers have transferred their balances from other deposit types as those deposit instruments matured.  The growth in transaction deposits and shift in the mix of average deposit types was beneficial to net interest income and the net interest margin in the three and six months ended June 30, 2010.
 
 

 
For the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2009, total consolidated average deposits increased $1.8 billion or 4.5%.  Average noninterest bearing deposits increased approximately $1.0 billion or 13.8% in the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2009.  Average interest bearing deposits increased $0.8 billion or 2.5% in the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the same period in 2009.  Of the $0.8 billion increase in average interest bearing deposits over the prior year, average savings and NOW deposits increased $3.2 billion, and average money market accounts increased $1.9 billion. Average time deposits decreased $3.7 billion and average Eurodollar deposits decreased $0.6 billion. The year to date trends in average deposits were consistent with the trends described for the average deposits in the second quarter of 2010 compared to the second quarter of 2009.

Historically, noninterest bearing deposit balances tended to exhibit some seasonality with a trend of balances declining somewhat in the early part of the year followed by growth in balances throughout the remainder of the year.  A portion of the noninterest balances, especially commercial balances, is sensitive to the interest rate environment.  Larger balances tend to be maintained when overall interest rates are low and smaller balances tend to be maintained as overall interest rates increase.  The Corporation has used competitive pricing in the form of higher earnings credits to encourage customers to maintain higher deposit balances and pay less in service charge fees.

As discussed in the Corporation’s first quarter Form 10-Q, on April 30, 2010, the Corporation elected to opt out of the FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (the “TAGP”), including the interim rule to further extend the TAGP to December 31, 2010. Under the TAGP, which had been initially extended until June 30, 2010, all noninterest-bearing transaction accounts (which the TAGP defines as including all noninterest-bearing personal and business checking accounts, NOW accounts earning no more than 0.5 percent interest, and Interest on Lawyer Trust Accounts) held at M&I’s affiliate banks, were fully guaranteed by the FDIC for the entire amount in the account.  Coverage under the TAGP was in addition to and separate from the coverage available under the FDIC’s general deposit rules. Due to the stressed economic conditions that existed in 2008 and 2009, the Corporation believes that its participation in the TAGP was warranted and that such participation had a positive affect on its deposit growth in 2009. As anticipated,  certain NOW deposits and certain noninterest bearing deposits, migrated to other deposit accounts, investment products or into products offered by other entities.

Under the Dodd-Frank Act, beginning December 31, 2010 (the scheduled termination date for the TAGP) and continuing through January 1, 2013, all funds held in noninterest-bearing transaction accounts will be fully guaranteed by the FDIC for the full amount of the account.  However, this unlimited insurance coverage will not extend to Interest on Lawyer Trust Accounts or minimal interest-bearing NOW accounts, which are currently covered under TAGP.
 
In addition to the continuation of insurance coverage for noninterest-bearing transaction accounts, the Dodd-Frank Act permanently increased the standard maximum FDIC deposit insurance amount to $250,000.
 
Total borrowings amounted to $6.6 billion at June 30, 2010 compared to $7.5 billion at December 31, 2009.  During the first half of 2010, the Corporation re-acquired and extinguished $116.0 million of long-term borrowings at a gain of $11.2 million, which is reported as Gain on termination of debt in the Consolidated Statements of Income for the six months ended June 30, 2010.  Transactions associated with the re-acquisition and extinguishments of long-term borrowings in the second quarter of 2010 were not significant.
 
 

 
Average Balance Sheets and Analysis of Net Interest Income

The Corporation’s consolidated average interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, interest earned and interest paid for the three months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 are presented in the following table ($ in millions):

Consolidated Yield and Cost Analysis


   
Three Months Ended
   
Three Months Ended
 
   
June 30, 2010
   
June 30, 2009
 
   
Average
Balance
   
Interest
   
Average
Yield or
Cost (b)
   
Average
Balance
   
Interest
   
Average
Yield or
Cost (b)
 
Loans and leases (a):
                                   
Commercial loans and leases
  $ 12,325.6     $ 140.6       4.58 %   $ 14,926.1     $ 149.2       4.01 %
Commercial real estate loans
    13,485.3       166.1       4.94       13,548.8       172.5       5.11  
Residential real estate loans
    4,751.8       59.9       5.05       5,695.6       74.5       5.25  
Construction and development
    4,831.0       47.5       3.94       7,586.9       68.6       3.63  
Home equity loans and lines
    4,528.9       56.5       5.01       4,969.5       62.7       5.06  
Personal loans and leases
    2,234.4       30.5       5.48       2,148.6       30.2       5.64  
Total loans and leases
    42,157.0       501.1       4.77       48,875.5       557.7       4.58  
                                                 
Investment securities (b):
                                               
Taxable
    6,540.6       47.9       2.95       6,254.3       57.4       3.70  
Tax exempt (a)
    871.5       13.5       6.34       1,059.5       17.2       6.60  
Total investment securities
    7,412.1       61.4       3.35       7,313.8       74.6       4.11  
Trading assets (a)
    261.8       0.1       0.22       581.1       2.5       1.75  
Short-term investments
    1,674.4       1.1       0.26       458.7       0.4       0.35  
Total interest earning assets
  $ 51,505.3     $ 563.7       4.39 %   $ 57,229.1     $ 635.2       4.46 %
                                                 
Interest bearing deposits:
                                               
Savings and NOW
  $ 6,909.9     $ 7.0       0.41 %   $ 4,175.0     $ 3.0       0.29 %
Money market
    12,685.4       25.2       0.80       10,206.9       18.5       0.72  
Time
    13,439.5       74.2       2.21       17,651.8       116.4       2.64  
Foreign
    214.3       0.2       0.42       469.4       0.4       0.36  
Total interest bearing deposits
    33,249.1       106.6       1.29       32,503.1       138.3       1.71  
Short-term borrowings
    774.0       0.4       0.21       4,206.5       2.9       0.27  
Long-term borrowings
    5,815.6       49.4       3.41       9,439.8       95.5       4.06  
Total interest bearing liabilities
  $ 39,838.7     $ 156.4       1.57 %   $ 46,149.4     $ 236.7       2.06 %
                                                 
Net interest margin (FTE)
          $ 407.3       3.17 %           $ 398.5       2.79 %
Net interest spread (FTE)
                    2.82 %                     2.40 %

(a)  
Fully taxable equivalent (“FTE”) basis, assuming a Federal income tax rate of 35%, and excluding disallowed interest expense.
(b)  
Based on average balances excluding fair value adjustments for available for sale securities.
 
 

 
The Corporation’s consolidated average interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, interest earned and interest paid for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 are presented in the following table ($ in millions):

Consolidated Yield and Cost Analysis


   
Six Months Ended
   
Six Months Ended
 
   
June 30, 2010
   
June 30, 2009
 
   
Average
Balance
   
Interest
   
Average
Yield or
Cost (b)
   
Average
Balance
   
Interest
   
Average
Yield or
Cost (b)
 
Loans and leases (a):
                                   
Commercial loans and leases
  $ 12,505.2     $ 282.4       4.55 %   $ 15,108.2     $ 296.3       3.96 %
Commercial real estate loans
    13,535.7       334.4       4.98       13,212.2       339.3       5.18  
Residential real estate loans
    4,809.4       121.6       5.10       5,731.7       154.0       5.42  
Construction and development
    5,128.2       97.5       3.83       8,126.0       148.0       3.67  
Home equity loans and lines
    4,586.8       113.6       4.99       5,016.5       127.4       5.12  
Personal loans and leases
    2,276.1       61.9       5.49       2,148.4       59.6       5.59  
Total loans and leases
    42,841.4       1,011.4       4.76       49,343.0       1,124.6       4.60  
                                                 
Investment securities (b):
                                               
Taxable
    6,545.9       97.3       3.00       6,429.9       120.5       3.77  
Tax exempt (a)
    887.1       27.8       6.43       1,070.5       35.5       6.77  
Total investment securities
    7,433.0       125.1       3.41       7,500.4       156.0       4.19  
Trading assets (a)
    257.4       0.4       0.27       583.1       4.5       1.54  
Short-term investments
    1,697.7       2.2       0.26       514.2       1.0       0.40  
Total interest earning assets
  $ 52,229.5     $ 1,139.1       4.40 %   $ 57,940.7     $ 1,286.1       4.48 %
                                                 
Interest bearing deposits:
                                               
Savings and NOW
  $ 7,067.7     $ 15.4       0.44 %   $ 3,854.4     $ 4.1       0.22 %
Money market
    12,312.9       48.7       0.80       10,417.8       34.8       0.67  
Time
    14,056.3       154.5       2.22       17,776.0       236.1       2.68  
Foreign
    230.9       0.5       0.41       794.2       1.3       0.34  
Total interest bearing deposits
    33,667.8       219.1       1.31       32,842.4       276.3       1.70  
Short-term borrowings
    893.8       1.1       0.24       4,961.1       6.9       0.28  
Long-term borrowings
    6,022.6       102.4       3.43       9,504.9       195.5       4.15  
Total interest bearing liabilities
  $ 40,584.2     $ 322.6       1.60 %   $ 47,308.4     $ 478.7       2.04 %
                                                 
Net interest margin (FTE)
          $ 816.5       3.15 %           $ 807.4       2.81 %
Net interest spread (FTE)
                    2.80 %                     2.44 %


(a)  
Fully taxable equivalent (“FTE”) basis, assuming a Federal income tax rate of 35%, and excluding disallowed interest expense.
(b)  
Based on average balances excluding fair value adjustments for available for sale securities.

The net interest margin FTE amounted to 3.17% in the second quarter of 2010 compared to 2.79% in the second quarter of 2009, an increase of 38 basis points.  For the six months ended June 30, 2010, the net interest margin FTE was 3.15% compared to 2.81% for the six months ended June 30, 2009, an increase of 34 basis points.  Growth in transaction deposits, particularly noninterest bearing deposits, a favorable shift in deposit types, lower term funding costs due in part to the reduction in higher cost long-term borrowings through re-acquisition and maturities, lower nonperforming loans and the partial deployment of excess liquidity resulted in higher net interest income in the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2009.  At June 30, 2010, the Corporation’s ratio of loans to deposits was 104.4% compared to 117.0% at June 30, 2009.  The yield on earning assets declined by 7 basis points and the cost for interest bearing liabilities declined by 49 basis points for the three months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2009.  For the six months ended June 30, 2010, the yield on earning assets declined by 8 basis points and the cost for interest bearing liabilities declined by 44 basis points compared to the six months ended June 30, 2009.  Net interest income in the second quarter and first six months of 2010 continued to be compressed as a result of the elevated levels of nonperforming loans and leases, interest rate concessions associated with accruing renegotiated loans and management’s decision to maintain higher levels of liquid assets.  The net interest margin FTE in the second quarter of 2010 increased by 4 basis points compared to the reported net interest margin FTE of 3.13% for the first quarter of 2010.
 
 

 
Management expects net interest income and the net interest margin will remain relatively stable in the near term. Net interest income and the net interest margin percentage can vary and will continue to be influenced by loan and deposit growth, product spreads, pricing competition in the Corporation’s markets, prepayment activity, future interest rate changes, levels of nonperforming loans and various other factors.


SUMMARY OF LOAN AND LEASE LOSS EXPERIENCE AND CREDIT QUALITY

The following tables present comparative consolidated credit quality information as of June 30, 2010 and the prior four quarters:

Consolidated Credit Quality Information
($000’s)


   
2010
   
2009
 
   
Second
Quarter
   
First 
Quarter
   
Fourth
Quarter
   
Third
Quarter
   
Second
Quarter
 
Nonperforming assets :
                             
Nonaccrual loans and leases
  $ 1,722,604     $ 1,898,734     $ 1,987,081     $ 2,121,994     $ 2,221,659  
Nonaccrual loans held for sale
    78,770       55,063       57,670       128,067       194,489  
Total nonperforming loans and leases
  $ 1,801,374     $ 1,953,797     $ 2,044,751     $ 2,250,061     $ 2,416,148  
Other real estate owned (OREO)
    445,501       454,317       430,821       351,216       356,790  
Total nonperforming assets
  $ 2,246,875     $ 2,408,114     $ 2,475,572     $ 2,601,277     $ 2,772,938  
                                         
Accruing renegotiated loans
  $ 714,574     $ 731,839     $ 793,459     $ 935,260     $ 818,538  
                                         
Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest
  $ 8,063     $ 9,332     $ 8,755     $ 13,084     $ 15,060  
                                         
Allowance for loan and lease losses
  $ 1,516,780     $ 1,515,154     $ 1,480,470     $ 1,413,743     $ 1,367,782  
                                         
Consolidated Statistics:
                                       
Net charge-offs (annualized) to average loans and leases
    4.17 %     3.94 %     5.01 %     4.48 %     4.95 %
Total nonperforming loans and leases to total loans and leases
    4.36       4.58       4.62       4.88       5.01  
Total nonperforming assets to total loans and leases and OREO
    5.38       5.59       5.54       5.60       5.71  
Allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans and leases
    3.67       3.55       3.35       3.07       2.84  
Allowance for loan and lease losses to nonaccrual loans and leases (excluding nonaccrual loans held for sale)
    88       80       75       67       62  



Credit Quality Trends

The Corporation’s credit quality statistics as of and for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 reinforced recent trends with additional positive evidence that the Corporation has experienced credit improvement. Those trends include the following:

Nonaccrual loans and leases, which the Corporation refers to as nonperforming loans and leases, are considered to be those loans and leases with the greatest risk of loss.  Nonperforming loans and leases reached their highest reported quarter-end balance of $2,416.1 million or 5.01% of consolidated loans and leases at June 30, 2009, which was the tenth consecutive quarter of an increase in nonperforming loans and leases since December 31, 2006.  Since June 30, 2009, nonperforming loans and leases have declined each consecutive quarter-end and amounted to $1,801.4 million or 4.36% of consolidated loans and leases at June 30, 2010, a decrease of $614.7 million or 25.4% since June 30, 2009.
 
 

 
The balances of new loans and leases transferred to nonperforming status during the second quarter of 2010 were at their lowest level since the first quarter of 2008 and were $61.7 million or 9.2% lower than the balances of new loans and leases transferred to nonperforming status during the first quarter of 2010.  The balances of new loans and leases transferred to nonperforming status during the first half of 2010 were approximately $1,136.2 million or 46.9% less than the balances of new loans and leases transferred to nonperforming status during the first half of 2009 and were $499.4 million or 28.0% less than the balances of new loans and leases transferred to nonperforming status during the second half of 2009.

Loans and leases past due 30-89 days, excluding credit card loans, student loans and loans and leases in nonperforming status (“early stage delinquencies”), amounted to $457.3 million or 1.11% of consolidated loans and leases at June 30, 2010 and were  $76.3 million or 14.3% lower than early stage delinquencies at March 31, 2010. Early stage delinquencies amounted to $1,477.0 million or 3.00% of outstanding loans and leases at March 31, 2009.  Since March 31, 2009, early stage delinquencies have declined as of each consecutive quarter-end and have decreased $1,019.7 million or 69.0% since March 31, 2009.

Nonperforming Loans and Leases

At June 30, 2010, total nonperforming loans and leases amounted to $1,801.4 million or 4.36% of consolidated loans and leases compared to $1,953.8 million or 4.58% of consolidated loans and leases at March 31, 2010, a decrease of $152.4 million or 7.8%.  Included in nonperforming loans and leases at June 30, 2010 and March 31, 2010 were $322.2 million, and $310.1 million, respectively, of nonperforming troubled debt restructured loans, which the Corporation refers to as renegotiated loans. Over half of the amount of nonperforming renegotiated loans relates to one credit relationship that consists of multiple commercial real estate loans for geographically dispersed commercial real estate investments related to the lodging industry that were transferred from accruing renegotiated loans to nonperforming commercial real estate loans in the fourth quarter of 2009.

Generally, loans that are 90 days or more past due as to interest or principal are placed on nonaccrual and nonperforming status.  Exceptions to these rules are generally made only for loans fully collateralized by readily marketable securities or other relatively risk free collateral and certain personal loans.  However, the Corporation may also determine that a loan is impaired and should be placed on nonaccrual status when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Corporation will be unable to collect all amounts due to it according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement, regardless of the payment status.  In situations where payments are less than 90 days past due, management’s decision to place a loan on nonaccrual status requires judgment in assessing the borrower’s ability to continue to pay under the terms of the loan agreement.  At June 30, 2010, approximately $509.2 million or 28.3% of the Corporation’s total nonperforming loans and leases were less than 30 days past due.  In addition, approximately $152.0 million or 8.4% of the Corporation’s total nonperforming loans and leases were greater than 30 days past due but less than 90 days past due at June 30, 2010.  In total, approximately $661.2 million or 36.7% of the Corporation’s total nonperforming loans and leases were less than 90 days past due at June 30, 2010.

Deteriorating conditions in the U.S. housing market became evident in the first half of 2007, accelerated sharply in the second half of the year and continued at an accelerated pace in 2008 and through the first half of 2009.  These deteriorating conditions have been fueled and extended, in part, by elevated levels of unemployment.

In this stressed housing market, which has included elevated levels of delinquencies and volatile real estate values, the adequacy of collateral securing the loan becomes a much more important factor in determining expected loan performance.  In many cases, rapidly declining real estate values have resulted in the determination that the collateral was insufficient to cover the Corporation’s recorded investment in the loan.  These factors resulted in the Corporation’s loan and lease portfolio experiencing significantly higher incidences of default and a significant increase in loss severity in 2009 and 2008.

For commercial loans the Corporation obtains updated appraisals at the time a borrower begins to show financial stress.  This typically coincides with management’s reassessment of the borrower’s creditworthiness.  For consumer type loans, market valuation information is obtained each quarter and appraisals are obtained when a loan is transferred to nonperforming status in anticipation of foreclosure.

For construction and development loans, specifically for loans where land is the primary collateral for either commercial construction or residential property construction loans, both “as is” and “liquidation value” valuations are obtained in updated appraisals.  If these loans are on nonaccrual status, greater emphasis is placed on the liquidation value as the basis for identifying potential impairment.
 
 

 
For construction and development loans, specifically where construction has commenced, “as is,” “as developed,” and/or “liquidation value” valuations may be obtained.  Greater weight is placed on the valuation alternative based on the percentage of completion of the project.  If substantial construction has been completed, the “as is” or “as developed” valuations would be used to identify potential impairment if the loan is in nonperforming status.  Determining the percentage of completed construction requires significant management judgment.  The quality of existing tenants, lease commitments for future construction, and lease rates are all considered when selecting the appropriate valuation method for loans where the primary collateral is income producing properties.

In calculating the fair value of collateral for collateral dependent loans, which is used in determining the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses, the Corporation applies 5% to 10% discounts for selling expenses in measuring impairment.  In addition, the appropriateness of discounts for  “as is” or “liquidation value” appraisals that are more than six months old are considered in evaluating impairment for collateral dependent loans.  The Corporation continuously re-assesses the timeliness and propriety of appraisals for collateral dependent loans, especially in volatile real estate markets such as Arizona.  The Corporation uses a variety of sources, such as recent sales of loans and sales of OREO, to validate the collateral values used to determine the amount of loss exposure at the measurement date.

The Corporation continues to work aggressively to isolate, identify and assess its underlying loan and lease portfolio credit quality and has developed and continues to develop strategies to reduce and mitigate its loss exposure.  During the three and six month periods ended June 30, 2010, the Corporation sold $102.0 million and $157.0 million, respectively, of nonperforming and potential problem loans.  At June 30, 2010, the Corporation held for sale $78.8 million of nonperforming loans and $45.8 million of potential problem loans. Those loans were charged down to their net realizable value when they were classified as held for sale.

The following table shows the Corporation’s nonperforming loans and leases by type of loan or lease at June 30, 2010 and March 31, 2010.

Major Categories of Nonperforming Loans & Leases
($ in millions)


   
June 30, 2010
   
March 31, 2010
 
   
Loans &
Leases
   
Percent of
Total
Loans &
Leases
   
Nonperform-
ing Loans &
Leases
   
%
Nonperform-
ing to Loan
& Lease
Type
   
Loans &
Leases
   
Percent of
Total
Loans &
Leases
   
Nonperform-
ing Loans &
Leases
   
%
Nonperform-
ing to Loan
& Lease
Type
 
Commercial loans & leases
  $ 12,247       29.6 %   $ 246.0       2.01 %   $ 12,315       28.9 %   $ 252.7       2.05 %
Real estate:
                                                               
Commercial real estate
    13,310       32.2       655.7       4.93       13,532       31.7       657.1       4.86  
Residential real estate
    4,625       11.2       252.3       5.45       4,824       11.3       269.6       5.59  
Construction and development:
                                                               
Commercial construction
    1,988       4.8       214.7       10.80       2,305       5.4       231.4       10.04  
Commercial land
    725       1.8       93.7       12.92       829       2.0       110.5       13.35  
Construction by developers
    303       0.7       49.2       16.24       361       0.9       64.9       17.96  
Residential land
    1,277       3.1       182.8       14.31       1,425       3.3       223.9       15.72  
Construction by individuals
    126       0.3       20.6       16.35       186       0.4       50.8       27.29  
Total construction and development
    4,419       10.7       561.0       12.70       5,106       12.0       681.5       13.35  
Total real estate
    22,354       54.1       1,469.0       6.57       23,462       55.0       1,608.2       6.85  
Consumer loans & leases:
                                                               
Home equity loans and lines of credit
    4,487       10.9       77.0       1.72       4,590       10.8       80.0       1.74  
Other consumer loans and leases
    2,229       5.4       9.4       0.42       2,282       5.3       12.9       0.57  
Total consumer loans & leases
    6,716       16.3       86.4       1.29       6,872       16.1       92.9       1.35  
Total loans & leases
  $ 41,317       100.0 %   $ 1,801.4       4.36 %   $ 42,649       100.0 %   $ 1,953.8       4.58 %


Every major category of loans and leases experienced a decline in the amount of nonperforming loans and leases at June 30, 2010 compared to March 31, 2010.
 
 

 
Consistent with recent quarters, nonperforming real estate loans were the primary source of the Corporation’s nonperforming loans and leases and represented approximately 81.5% of total nonperforming loans and leases at June 30, 2010 compared to approximately 82.3% of total nonperforming loans and leases at March 31, 2010.  Nonperforming real estate loans amounted to $1,469.0 million at June 30, 2010 compared to $1,608.2 million at March 31, 2010, a decrease of $139.2 million or 7.8%.  Nonperforming real estate loans consisted of the following categories:

Nonperforming commercial real estate loans amounted to $655.7 million at June 30, 2010 was relatively unchanged compared to $657.1 million at March 31, 2010. Included in this category of nonperforming commercial real estate loans are nonperforming business real estate, multifamily and farmland loans.  Nonperforming business real estate loans increased $21.1 million or 4.3% and nonperforming multifamily loans decreased $25.3 million or 16.5% at June 30, 2010 compared to March 31, 2010.  Nonperforming farmland loans increased $2.8 million at June 30, 2010 compared to March 31, 2010. At June 30, 2010, approximately 33.7% of nonperforming business real estate loans or 26.1% of total nonperforming commercial real estate loans related to one credit relationship that consists of multiple commercial real estate loans for geographically dispersed commercial real estate investments related to the lodging industry that were placed in nonperforming status in  2009.

Nonperforming residential real estate (1-4 family) loans decreased $17.3 million or 6.4% compared to March 31, 2010 and amounted to $252.3 million or 5.45% of total residential real estate loans at June 30, 2010 compared to $269.6 million or 5.59% of total residential real estate loans at March 31, 2010.  Elevated levels of unemployment have continued to be a source of economic stress for this portfolio. Nonperforming residential real estate loans in Arizona were 57.5% of total nonperforming residential real estate loans at June 30, 2010 and accounted for the majority of the decrease in nonperforming residential real estate loans from March 31, 2010 to June 30, 2010.

Since June 30, 2009, nonperforming construction and development loans have declined at each consecutive quarter-end and amounted to $561.0 million at June 30, 2010 compared to $1,043.4 million at June 30, 2009, a decrease of $482.4 million or 46.2%.  Compared to March 31, 2010, nonperforming construction and development loans declined $120.5 million or 17.7% during the second quarter of 2010. The decrease in nonperforming construction and development loans was primarily due to reduced levels of new nonperforming loans, loan sales and charge-offs.  The reduced levels of new nonperforming construction and development loans reflect the decline in volume of new larger construction loans transferring to nonperforming status, especially in Florida and Arizona.  Nonperforming construction and development loans represented 38.2% of the Corporation’s nonperforming real estate loans and 31.1% of the Corporation’s total nonperforming loans and leases at June 30, 2010.  Nonperforming construction and development loans in Florida and Arizona accounted for $229.4 million or 40.9% of total nonperforming construction and development loans at June 30, 2010.

Nonperforming consumer loans and leases amounted to $86.4 million at June 30, 2010 compared to $92.9 million at March 31, 2010, a decrease of $6.5 million or 7.0%.  Nonperforming consumer loans and leases as a percent of total consumer loans and leases was 1.29% at June 30, 2010 and 1.35% at March 31, 2010 and remained relatively stable despite the elevated levels of unemployment that have continued to be a source of economic stress for consumers.
 
 

The following table presents a geographical summary of nonperforming loans and leases at June 30, 2010 and March 31, 2010.
 
Geographical Summary of Nonperforming Loans & Leases
($ in millions)


   
June 30, 2010
   
March 31, 2010
 
   
Loans &
Leases
   
Percent of
Total
Loans &
Leases
   
Nonperform-
ing Loans &
Leases
   
%
Nonperform-
ing to Loan
& Lease by
State
   
Loans &
Leases
   
Percent of
Total
Loans &
Leases
   
Nonperform-
ing Loans &
Leases
   
%
Nonperform-
ing to Loan
& Lease by
State
 
Wisconsin
  $ 15,701       38.0 %   $ 321.8       2.05 %   $ 16,025       37.6 %   $ 328.4       2.05 %
Arizona
    4,648       11.2       319.2       6.87       4,995       11.7       407.2       8.15  
Minnesota
    4,619       11.2       137.7       2.98       4,618       10.8       140.1       3.03  
Missouri
    3,068       7.4       175.7       5.73       3,132       7.3       168.5       5.38  
Florida
    2,398       5.8       274.0       11.43       2,586       6.1       276.9       10.71  
Indiana
    1,612       3.9       45.8       2.84       1,587       3.7       43.1       2.72  
Kansas
    940       2.3       71.0       7.55       1,037       2.4       68.4       6.60  
Others
    8,331       20.2       456.2       5.48       8,669       20.4       521.2       6.01  
Total
  $ 41,317       100.0 %   $ 1,801.4       4.36 %   $ 42,649       100.0 %   $ 1,953.8       4.58 %


The Corporation has experienced a significant reduction in the amount of nonperforming loans in Arizona.  At December 31, 2009, nonperforming loans in Arizona amounted to $431.4 million or 8.08% of loans outstanding in Arizona compared to $319.2 million or 6.87% of loans outstanding in Arizona at June 30, 2010, a decrease in nonperforming loans of $112.2 million or 26.0%.  Since March 31, 2010, nonperforming loans in Arizona decreased $88.0 million or 21.6% during the second quarter of 2010. Nonperforming loans in Arizona represented 17.7% of total consolidated nonperforming loans and leases at June 30, 2010 and continue to be one of the largest concentrations of nonperforming loans in the Corporation’s loan and lease portfolio.  Nonperforming residential real estate loans decreased $22.9 million or 13.6% during the second quarter of 2010 and amounted to $145.1 million or 45.5% of nonperforming loans in Arizona at June 30, 2010 compared to $168.0 million or 41.2% of nonperforming loans in Arizona at March 31, 2010.  Nonperforming construction and development loans decreased $61.5 million or 35.3% during the second quarter of 2010 and amounted to $112.5 million or 35.2% of nonperforming loans in Arizona at June 30, 2010 compared to $174.0 million or 42.7% of nonperforming loans in Arizona at March 31, 2010.

Loans and leases in Wisconsin is the largest concentration of loans and leases in the Corporation’s loan and lease portfolio.  The Wisconsin loan and lease portfolio has consistently maintained the lowest percent of nonperforming loans and leases to total loans and leases compared to the Corporation’s other markets.  Consistent with the Corporation’s total loan and lease portfolio, loans and leases in Wisconsin have experienced some elevated levels of stress across the portfolio but generally have performed better than the Corporation’s other markets. Nonperforming loans in Wisconsin represented 17.9% of total consolidated nonperforming loans at June 30, 2010. At June 30, 2010, nonperforming loans and leases in Wisconsin amounted to $321.8 million or 2.05% of total loans and leases outstanding in Wisconsin compared to $328.4 million or 2.05% of total loans and leases outstanding in Wisconsin at March 31, 2010, a decrease of $6.6 million or 2.0%.  Nonperforming loans and leases amounted to $401.7 million or 2.43% of total loans and leases outstanding in Wisconsin at December 31, 2009. Nonperforming loans and leases in Wisconsin decreased $79.9 million or 19.9% from December 31, 2009 to June 30, 2010.  Approximately $50.0 million of that decrease was associated with a loan to a bank holding company that was charged-off during the first quarter of 2010.

Like Wisconsin, loans and leases in Minnesota and Indiana have experienced some elevated levels of stress across the portfolio but generally have performed better than the Corporation’s other markets.  Since December 31, 2009, these portfolios have maintained relatively stable levels of nonperforming loans as measured by the percent of nonperforming loans and leases to total loans and leases outstanding.  Loans and leases in Kansas have experienced an increase in nonperforming loans since December 31, 2009. The increase in nonperforming loans in Kansas was across all loan types. At June 30, 2010, loans and leases in Kansas represented only 2.3% of the Corporation’s consolidated loan and lease portfolio.

Nonperforming loans in Florida amounted to $274.0 million at June 30, 2010 compared to $276.9 million at March 31, 2010, a decrease of $2.9 million or 1.1%. Nonperforming loans in Florida represented 15.2% of total consolidated nonperforming loans at June 30, 2010. Nonperforming commercial real estate loans in Florida decreased $8.1 million or 7.3% during the second quarter of 2010 and amounted to $103.3 million or 37.7% of nonperforming loans in Florida at June 30, 2010 compared to $111.4 million or 40.2% of nonperforming loans in Florida at March 31, 2010.  Nonperforming construction and development loans increased $1.2 million or 1.1% during the second quarter of 2010 and amounted to $116.9 million or 42.7% of nonperforming loans in Florida at June 30, 2010 compared to $115.7 million or 41.8% of nonperforming loans in Florida at March 31, 2010.  Nonperforming loans and leases amounted to $307.5 million or 11.3% of total loans and leases outstanding in Florida at December 31, 2009. Nonperforming loans and leases in Florida decreased $33.5 million or 10.9% from December 31, 2009 to June 30, 2010.
 
 

 
Nonperforming loans outside of the Corporation’s primary markets amounted to $456.2 million or 5.48% of loans outside of the Corporation’s primary markets at June 30, 2010 compared to $521.2 million or 6.01% of loans outside of the Corporation’s primary markets at March 31, 2010, a decrease in nonperforming loans of $65.0 million or 12.5%.  At June 30, 2010, approximately $171.1 million or 37.5% of nonperforming loans outside of the Corporation’s primary markets related to one credit relationship that consists of multiple commercial real estate loans for geographically dispersed commercial real estate investments related to the lodging industry that was placed in nonperforming status in 2009.

Other Real Estate Owned (OREO)

OREO is principally comprised of commercial and residential properties acquired in partial or total satisfaction of problem loans.  Activity relating to OREO for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 consisted of the following:


   
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
   
($ in millions)
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
Other Real Estate Owned (OREO):
           
Beginning Balance
  $ 430.8     $ 320.9  
Additions, net of initial write-downs
    239.9       199.5  
Dispositions
    (188.0 )     (125.2 )
Capitalized costs
    2.0       2.4  
Valuation adjustments
    (39.2 )     (40.8 )
Ending Balance
  $ 445.5     $ 356.8  


Write-downs at initial transfer from loans to OREO are recorded as charge-offs.  Valuation adjustments after the initial transfer, which are included as a component of net OREO expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Income, reflect the decline in real estate values due to the economy and elevated levels of unemployment and other real estate market conditions at the measurement date.

Valuation adjustments included in net OREO expenses amounted to $18.8 million in the second quarter of 2010 compared to $20.0 million in the second quarter of 2009, a decrease of $1.2 million or 6.2%. For the six months ended June 30, 2010, valuation adjustments included in net OREO expenses amounted to $39.2 million compared to $40.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009, a decrease of $1.6 million or 4.0%.  Valuation adjustments reported for the six months ended June 30, 2010 declined $29.1 million or 42.6% compared to six months ended December 31, 2009.  Valuation adjustments amounted to $35.5 million in the third quarter of 2009 and $32.8 million in the fourth quarter of 2009.

At June 30, 2010, properties acquired in partial or total satisfaction of problem loans, based on loan type, consisted of construction and development of $329.4 million, 1-4 family residential real estate of $55.8 million and commercial real estate of $60.3 million.  At June 30, 2009, properties acquired in partial or total satisfaction of problem loans, based on loan type, consisted of construction and development of $269.0 million, 1-4 family residential real estate of $66.0 million and commercial real estate of $21.8 million.  OREO in Arizona represented approximately 34.7% and 51.1% of total OREO at June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  As a result of the soft real estate market and the increased possibility of foreclosures due to the elevated levels of nonperforming loans, management expects that OREO will remain at elevated levels in future quarters.
 
 

 
Troubled Debt Restructuring (Accruing Renegotiated Loans)

The Corporation does not characterize all modified loans as troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”).  In the ordinary course of business, the Corporation modifies loan terms across loan types, including both consumer and commercial loans, for a variety of reasons.  For example, modifications to consumer loans are generally limited to short-term deferrals to accommodate specific, temporary circumstances.  Modifications to commercial loans may include, but not be limited to, changes in interest rate, maturity, amortization and financial covenants.  In the original underwriting, loan terms are established that represent the then current and projected financial condition of the borrower.  Over any period of time, modifications to these loan terms may be required due to changes in the original underwriting assumptions.  These assumptions may include the changing financial requirements of the borrower as well as changes in underwriting standards of the Corporation.  If the modified terms are consistent with competitive market conditions and representative of terms the borrower could otherwise obtain in the open market, the modified loan is not categorized as a TDR.

For a loan modification to be a TDR, which the Corporation also refers to as “renegotiated loans,” the following three conditions must all be present: (1) the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, (2) the Corporation makes a concession to the original contractual loan terms, and (3) the concessions are for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s financial difficulty that the Corporation would not otherwise consider.

Modifications of loan terms to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty are made in an attempt to protect as much of the Corporation’s investment in the loan as possible.  These modifications are generally made to either prevent a loan from becoming non-accrual or to return a non-accrual loan to performing status based on the expectation that the borrower can adequately perform in accordance with the modified terms.

The determination of whether a modification should be accounted for as a TDR requires significant judgment after taking into consideration all facts and circumstances surrounding the transaction.  No single characteristic or factor, taken alone, is determinative of whether a modification should be classified as a TDR.  The fact that a single characteristic is present in a transaction is not considered sufficient to overcome the preponderance of contrary evidence.

Assuming all the other TDR criteria are met, the Corporation considers one or a combination of the following concessions to the loan terms to be TDRs:  (1) a reduction of the stated interest rate, (2) an extension of the maturity date or dates at a stated interest rate lower than the current market rate for new debt with a similar term, or (3) forgiveness of principal or accrued interest.

Overview

The Corporation recognizes that the current economy, elevated levels of unemployment and depressed real estate values have resulted in many customers being far more leveraged than prudent and in a very difficult financial position.  Through various forms of communications, the Corporation encourages all customers to contact the Corporation if they are experiencing financial difficulties so that their individual situations can be assessed and to discuss alternatives before formal collection actions are required.  In addition, the Corporation monitors borrowers that are not currently delinquent.  For those borrowers with an original credit bureau score at or below an established level, the Corporation determines if there has been a specified decline in their current credit bureau score.  Customers meeting those criteria are solicited directly and encouraged to contact the Corporation if they are experiencing financial difficulties.

In many cases, the Corporation has restructured loan terms for certain qualified financially distressed borrowers that have agreed to work in good faith to reach a successful repayment agreement and, as previously discussed, have demonstrated the ability to make the restructured payments in order to avoid a pending foreclosure or a foreclosure in the future.  The Corporation has predominantly used reduced interest rates and extended terms to lower contractual payments.

Accruing troubled-debt restructured loans, which the Corporation refers to as “accruing renegotiated loans,” amounted to $714.6 million at June 30, 2010 compared to $731.8 million at March 31, 2010. At June 30, 2010, approximately 38.2% of accruing renegotiated loans were restructured at market interest rates and could be eligible to be transferred out of renegotiated status at the beginning of next year if their payments remain current according to the restructured terms and are current at the end of the year. Irrespective of their classification, these loans are specifically assessed for impairment for purposes of determining the allowance for loan and lease losses.
 
 

 
After restructuring, renegotiated loans result in lower payments than originally required and therefore have a lower risk of loss due to nonperformance than loans classified as nonperforming.  The Corporation’s instances of default and re-default on consumer-related renegotiated loans have been relatively favorable compared with data published by national bank and thrift regulators.  For those consumer-related renegotiated loans that were restructured between June 2008 and December 2009, the total cumulative default and re-default rate as of June 30, 2010 was approximately 26.4%.  The Corporation attributes this experience to its processes used to determine a reasonable repayment program for qualified borrowers and its policy of requiring such borrowers to demonstrate the ability to make the restructured payments for a specified period of time before the loan is transferred to accruing renegotiated status.  The Corporation’s experience with renegotiated loan performance is relatively new and does not encompass an extended period of time.  The Corporation generally has not observed a consistent pattern on the frequency of re-defaults based on the passage of time.  Based on the Corporation’s limited experience, the timing of re-defaults on consumer-related renegotiated loans appear to be more attributable to some event such as loss of employment.  Irrespective of the Corporation’s procedures and policies, payment performance will continue to be adversely affected by unexpected increases in unemployment.  At June 30, 2010, approximately $47.2 million or 6.6% of total accruing renegotiated loans were past due 30-89 days.  At March 31, 2010, approximately $41.0 million or 5.6% of total accruing renegotiated loans were past due 30-89 days.

The Corporation expects nonaccrual loans will initially increase until the loan terms are restructured.  Upon restructuring, nonaccrual loans will decline and the balance of accruing renegotiated loans will increase.  The Corporation expects the balance of accruing renegotiated loans will continue to be elevated in future quarters.

Commercial Loans

Underwriting for all commercial loan modifications follows established credit risk management policies and includes an assessment of the credit risk profile and analysis of the borrower’s current financial position.  Included in this analysis is a detailed review of the borrower’s ability to continue to service its loans under the existing contractual agreement.  Each decision to modify a loan is required to be supported by a written underwriting summary appropriate for the size and type of credit that establishes the sufficiency of the primary and secondary sources of repayment based on the modified terms.

This analysis includes, but is not limited to, a detailed analysis of the borrower’s ability to adequately maintain a current payment history under the restructured agreement.  For collateral dependent loans, this analysis also includes current appraisals or valuations of the collateral so that updated loan-to-values are within the Corporation’s loan policy guidelines.  The analysis may also include an assessment of the borrower’s management team and the industry in which it competes.  These factors, along with any other factors that management of the Corporation may deem appropriate given the risk profile of the borrower, are analyzed to ensure a high probability that the borrower will be able to perform under the terms and conditions of the modified loan.

Commercial loans are returned to an accrual status when receipt of principal and interest payments as they become contractually due is not in doubt based on the preponderance of evidence in the credit analysis, the borrower’s successful past performance, or performance under the modified terms exceeds six months.  Otherwise, interest income is recognized using a cost recovery method.

Consumer Loans

Prior to approval of a consumer loan modification, the Corporation performs a comprehensive financial review of the borrower, which entails an evaluation of the borrower’s total income and total expenses.  The Corporation’s evaluation of a borrower’s total expenses is more comprehensive than the evaluation typically undertaken by the credit bureaus.  The Corporation’s review is substantiated by an analysis of the borrower’s bank account activity and updated credit bureau reports.  Modifications seek to offer the customer an affordable housing payment, maintain total debt service within a prescribed range of net income and provide a monthly cash flow cushion for unexpected events.

For all modified loans, the Corporation maintains the assessment of the borrower’s hardship, debt service capacity, financial condition and prospects for repayment under the revised terms, along with a hardship letter, personal financial worksheet, credit bureau report, proof of income, bank statements and status of homeowner’s insurance and taxes.
 
 

 
In addition to the comprehensive financial review, the Corporation generally requires a successful completion of a performance period prior to a formal modification for consumer loans.  For borrowers whose pre-modified loan was less than 90 days past due at the time of modification, three payments at the proposed restructured payment amount (a three-month performance period) are required before the formal restructuring.  Since repayment performance had been maintained under the original terms and the Corporation has modified the repayment terms to be consistent with the borrower’s re-underwritten debt service capacity, the Corporation is able to determine that it can be reasonably assured that the loan will perform according to the modified terms after the customer successfully completed the three-month performance period prior to the formal restructuring.

If the customer’s pre-modified loan was past due 90 days or more or if the customer’s Total Debt to Total Income ratio exceeds 100%, six payments based on the proposed restructured terms are required (a six-month performance period) before a formal modification is made.  Because the borrower was greater than 90 days past due, a longer performance period is required prior to the formal modification.  Since the customer will have successfully completed the performance period prior to the formal restructuring based on repayment terms modified to be consistent with the re-underwritten debt service capacity, the Corporation is able to determine that it can be reasonably assured that the loan will perform according to the modified terms.

Successful performance results in a formal restructuring agreement, at which time the restructured loan will return to an accrual status.
 
 

 
The following table shows the Corporation’s accruing renegotiated loans by type of loan at June 30, 2010 and March 31, 2010.


Major Categories of Accruing Renegotiated Loans
($ in millions)

   
June 30, 2010
   
March 31, 2010
 
   
Accruing
Renegotiated
Loans
   
Percent of
Total
Accruing
Renegotiated
Loans
   
Accruing
Renegotiated
Loans
   
Percent of
Total
Accruing
Renegotiated
Loans
 
Commercial
  $ 61.3       8.6 %   $ 64.3       8.8 %
Real estate:
                               
Commercial real estate
    131.2       18.3       118.1       16.1  
Residential real estate
    283.6       39.7       282.0       38.5  
Construction and development:
                               
Commercial construction
    87.8       12.3       100.4       13.7  
Commercial land
    0.5       0.1       0.5       0.1  
Construction by developers
    3.0       0.4       3.3       0.5  
Residential land
    97.7       13.7       110.8       15.1  
Construction by individuals
    3.7       0.5       8.2       1.1  
Total construction and development
    192.7       27.0       223.2       30.5  
Total real estate
    607.5       85.0       623.3       85.1  
Consumer
                               
Home equity loans and lines of credit
    41.7       5.8       39.9       5.5  
Other consumer
    4.1       0.6       4.3       0.6  
Total consumer
    45.8       6.4       44.2       6.1  
Total accruing renegotiated loans
  $ 714.6       100.0 %   $ 731.8       100.0 %
 
At June 30, 2010, consumer-related accruing renegotiated loans (residential real estate, residential land, construction by individuals, home equity loans and lines of credit and other consumer loans) represented 60.3% of total accruing renegotiated loans.

Accruing renegotiated commercial loans amounted to $61.3 million at June 30, 2010.  Approximately $37.2 million of the reported amount related to a single loan that is included in Others in the Geographical Summary of Accruing Renegotiated Loans table presented below.

At June 30, 2010, accruing renegotiated commercial real estate loans amounted to $131.2 million.  Approximately $83.2 million of the balance included in this category was related to two commercial real estate loans that are part of one credit relationship that consists of multiple commercial real estate loans related to the lodging industry as previously discussed.  The accruing renegotiated balance related to the two commercial real estate loans is included in Others in the Geographical Summary of Accruing Renegotiated Loans table presented below.

Approximately $94.8 million or 49.2% of accruing renegotiated construction and development loans were located in Arizona at June 30, 2010.
 
 

 
The following table shows the geographical summary of the Corporation’s accruing renegotiated loans at June 30, 2010 and March 31, 2010.

Geographical Summary of Accruing Renegotiated Loans
($ in millions)


   
June 30, 2010
   
March 31, 2010
 
   
Accruing
Renegotiated
Loans
   
Percent of
Total
Accruing
Renegotiated
Loans
   
Accruing
Renegotiated
Loans
   
Percent of
Total
Accruing
Renegotiated
Loans
 
Wisconsin
  $ 32.8       4.6 %   $ 40.5       5.5
Arizona
    342.7       48.0       368.2       50.3  
Minnesota
    32.0       4.5       30.6       4.2  
Missouri
    14.2       2.0       10.0       1.4  
Florida
    35.0       4.9       17.4       2.4  
Indiana
    2.9       0.4       2.7       0.4  
Kansas
    0.7       0.1       1.0       0.1  
Others
    254.3       35.5       261.4       35.7  
Total
  $ 714.6       100.0 %   $ 731.8       100.0 %

Approximately $342.7 million or 48.0% of the Corporation’s total accruing renegotiated loans at June 30, 2010 were loans located in Arizona.  Consumer-related accruing renegotiated loans (residential real estate, residential land, construction by individuals, home equity loans and lines of credit and other consumer loans) represented 93.1% of total accruing renegotiated loans in Arizona.

Accruing renegotiated loans located outside of the Corporation’s primary markets amounted to $254.3 million at June 30, 2010 compared to $261.4 million at March 31, 2010, a decrease of $7.1 million or 2.7%.    At June 30, 2010 and March 31, 2010, approximately $37.2 million and $38.6 million, respectively, of the reported amounts relates to a single commercial loan.  At June 30, 2010 and March 31, 2010, approximately $83.2 million and $83.6 million, respectively, of the reported amounts related to a large lending relationship consisting of individual loans for a number of geographically dispersed commercial real estate projects.  These loans continue to perform as expected.

Past Due Loans and Leases

Loans 90 days past due and still accruing interest amounted to $8.1 million at June 30, 2010 compared to $9.3 million at March 31, 2010 and $15.1 million at June 30, 2009.

Delinquency can be an indicator of potential problem loans and leases.  At June 30, 2010, accruing loans and leases past due 30-89 days, excluding credit card loans, student loans and loans in nonperforming status (“early stage delinquencies”), amounted to $457.3 million or 1.1% of total loans and leases outstanding compared to $533.6 million or 1.3% of total loans and leases outstanding at March 31, 2010, a decrease of $76.3 million or 14.3%.  Early stage delinquencies peaked at March 31, 2009 and amounted to $1,477.0 million or 3.0% of total loans and leases outstanding.  Since March 31, 2009, early stage delinquencies have improved in each of the five consecutive quarters ending June 30, 2010.  Management expects early stage delinquencies will stabilize at the June 30, 2010 level which was 1.1% of total loans and leases outstanding.
 
 

 
The following table presents the reconciliation of the allowance for loan and lease losses for the current quarter and the prior four quarters:

Reconciliation of Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
($000’s)


   
2010
   
2009
 
   
Second
Quarter
   
First 
Quarter
   
Fourth
Quarter
   
Third
Quarter
   
Second
Quarter
 
Beginning balance
  $ 1,515,154     $ 1,480,470     $ 1,413,743     $ 1,367,782     $ 1,352,117  
Provision for loan and lease losses
    439,899       458,112       639,032       578,701       618,992  
Loans and leases charged-off:
                                       
Commercial
    54,934       137,103       99,307       206,254       68,653  
Real estate
    384,960       287,310       468,352       323,245       534,264  
Personal
    15,283       11,662       29,040       11,260       9,144  
Leases
    599       384       1,464       834       1,054  
Total charge-offs
    455,776       436,459       598,163       541,593       613,115  
                                         
Recoveries on loans and leases:
                                       
Commercial
    5,833       2,821       14,050       1,309       2,491  
Real estate
    9,302       7,700       9,714       5,844       5,727  
Personal
    1,990       2,108       1,660       1,599       1,273  
Leases
    378       402       434       101       297  
Total recoveries
    17,503       13,031       25,858       8,853       9,788  
Net loans and leases charged-off
    438,273       423,428       572,305       532,740       603,327  
Ending balance
  $ 1,516,780     $ 1,515,154     $ 1,480,470     $ 1,413,743     $ 1,367,782  


Summary of Net Charge-Offs on Loans and Leases
($000’s)


   
2010
   
2009
 
   
Second
Quarter
   
First
Quarter
   
Fourth
Quarter
   
Third
Quarter
   
Second
Quarter
 
Net charge-offs:
                             
Commercial loans and leases
  $ 49,303     $ 134,093     $ 86,010     $ 205,477     $ 66,769  
Commercial real estate
    98,820       53,363       78,380       69,558       55,306  
Residential real estate
    38,968       32,450       75,317       47,227       204,497  
Construction and development
    207,529       159,664       270,310       171,457       235,296  
Home equity loans and lines of credit
    30,341       34,133       34,631       29,159       33,438  
Personal loans and leases
    13,312       9,725       27,657       9,862       8,021  
Net charge-offs
  $ 438,273     $ 423,428     $ 572,305     $ 532,740     $ 603,327  


Net charge-offs amounted to $438.3 million or 4.17% of average loans and leases in the second quarter of 2010 compared to $423.4 million or 3.94% of average loans and leases in the first quarter of 2010 and $603.3 million or 4.95% of average loans and leases in the second quarter of 2009.  For the six months ended June 30, 2010, net charge-offs amounted to $861.7 million or 4.06% of average loans and leases, compared to $931.3 million or 3.81% of average loans and leases for the six months ended June 30, 2009.  Included in net charge-offs for commercial loans and leases for the six months ended June 30, 2010 was a $50.0 million charge-off related to a loan to a bank holding company as previously discussed.   The net charge-offs for the periods presented in the table above include the net charge-offs related to the loans that were sold during 2010 and 2009.

Net charge-offs for construction and development loans represented 47.4% of total net charge-offs in the second quarter of 2010 and, consistent with prior quarters, was the largest concentration of net charge-offs across the various loan types.  For the six months ended June 30, 2010, net charge-offs for construction and development loans represented 42.6% of total net charge-offs.

Net charge-offs for commercial real estate loans represented 22.6% of total net charge-offs in the second quarter of 2010 and increased $45.5 million compared to the first quarter of 2010. The Corporation experienced increased net charge-offs in almost all of its markets during the second quarter of 2010. Net charge-offs of commercial real estate loans located in Florida, Missouri and Kansas accounted for $28.6 million or 62.9% of the increase in commercial real estate loan net charge-offs in the second quarter of 2010 compared to the first quarter of 2010.
 
 

 
Net charge-offs related to Arizona and Florida amounted to $229.2 million and accounted for 52.3% of total net charge-offs in the second quarter of 2010.  For the six months ended June 30, 2010, net charge-offs related to Arizona and Florida amounted to $413.8 million and accounted for 48.0% of total net charge-offs in the six months ended June 30, 2010. Although net charge-offs in Arizona and Florida continue to be the largest geographical proportion of the Corporation’s net charge-offs, the amount of net charge-offs in Arizona and Florida have significantly decreased.  Net charge-offs in Arizona and Florida in the second quarter of 2010 decreased $182.8 million or 44.4% compared to the second quarter of 2009.  Net charge-offs in Arizona and Florida in the first half of 2010 decreased $177.0 million or 30.0% compared to the first half of  2009 and decreased $95.1 million or 18.7% compared to the second half of 2009.

As previously discussed, real estate related loans continue to be the primary source of the elevated levels in nonperforming loans and leases and net charge-offs in the second quarter of 2010.  Real estate related loans represented the majority of the Corporation’s nonperforming loans and leases at June 30, 2010.  Historically, the Corporation’s loss experience with real estate loans has been relatively low due to the sufficiency of the underlying real estate collateral.  In a stressed real estate market, the value of the collateral securing the loans has become one of the most important factors in determining the amount of loss incurred and the appropriate amount of allowance for loan and lease losses to record at the measurement date.  The likelihood of losses that are equal to the entire recorded investment for a real estate loan is remote.  However, in many cases, rapidly declining real estate values have resulted in the determination that the estimated value of the collateral was insufficient to cover all of the recorded investment in the loan which has required significant additional charge-offs.  Declining collateral values have significantly contributed to the elevated levels of net charge-offs and the increase in the provision for loan and lease losses that the Corporation experienced in 2009 and 2008. Management believes real estate market conditions may be beginning to exhibit some signs of stabilization.

Partial Charge-Offs

Charge-Off Policy

Consistent with regulatory guidance and the Corporation’s loan policy, charge-offs are taken when specific loans, or portions thereof, are considered uncollectible and of such little value that their continuance as bankable assets is not warranted.  The Corporation’s policy is to promptly charge these loans off in the period the uncollectible loss amount is reasonably determined.  The charge-off does not mean that the asset has no recovery or salvage value, but rather that it is not practical to defer writing down this loan when available information confirms that the loan, or a portion thereof, is uncollectible.  The reasons for charge-offs on commercial loans, including the values used in determining the charge-off amounts, are formally documented and subject to approval procedures for all commercial charge-offs.

Triggering Events for Partial Charge-Offs

Commercial Loans

Consistent with regulatory guidance and the Corporation’s loan policy, the Corporation promptly charges-off commercial loans, or portions thereof, when available information confirms that specific loans are uncollectible.  Information that may be used to determine the uncollectible nature of the loan includes, but is not limited to, (1) the deteriorating financial condition of the borrower, (2) declining collateral values, and/or (3) legal action, including bankruptcy, that impairs the borrower’s ability to adequately meet its obligations.

Consumer Loans

Consistent with regulatory guidance and the Corporation’s loan policy, the Corporation promptly charges-off consumer-related loans, or portions thereof, when the Corporation reasonably determines the amount of the loss.  However, in no case does the charge-off exceed the applicable regulatory timeframes.
 
 

 
The amount of cumulative net charge-offs recorded on the Corporation’s nonperforming loans outstanding at June 30, 2010 was approximately $738.0 million or 53.9% of the unpaid principal balance of the affected nonperforming loans.

The Corporation’s nonperforming loans and leases at June 30, 2010 and March 31, 2010 consisted of the following:


   
June 30, 2010
   
March 31, 2010
 
Nonperforming Loans and Leases
 
Amount 
($000's)
   
Percent of Total
Nonperforming
Loans and
Leases
   
Amount 
($000's)
   
Percent of Total
Nonperforming
Loans and
Leases
 
                         
Nonperforming loans and leases with partial charge-offs
  $ 611,331       33.9 %   $ 663,519       34.0 %
Nonperforming loans and leases without partial charge-offs
    1,111,273       61.7 %     1,235,215       63.2 %
Total nonperforming loans and leases
    1,722,604               1,898,734          
Nonperforming loans held for sale
    78,770       4.4 %     55,063       2.8 %
Total nonperforming loans and leases
  $ 1,801,374       100.0 %   $ 1,953,797       100.0 %


The result of recording partial charge-offs on nonperforming loans and leases had the following impact on certain credit quality statistics:


   
Total Nonperforming Loans and Leases
 
   
June 30, 2010
   
March 31, 2010
 
Consolidated Credit Quality Statistics
 
Including
Nonperforming
Loans and
Leases with
Partial Charge-
Offs
   
Excluding
Nonperforming
Loans and
Leases with
Partial Charge-
Offs
   
Including
Nonperforming
Loans and
Leases with
Partial Charge-
Offs
   
Excluding
Nonperforming
Loans and
Leases with
Partial Charge-
Offs
 
                         
Total nonperforming loans and leases to total loans and leases
    4.36 %     2.71 %     4.58 %     2.91 %
Allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans and leases
    3.67 %     3.73 %     3.55 %     3.61 %
Allowance for loan and lease losses to nonperforming loans and leases (excluding nonperforming loans held for sale)
    88 %     136 %     80 %     123 %


As shown in the above table, the ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses to nonperforming loans and leases (excluding nonperforming loans held for sale) is affected by the amount of partial charge-offs recorded on nonperforming loans because the partial charge-offs reduce the allowance for loan and lease losses required at the measurement date.  The partial charge-offs have significantly contributed to the reported decline in the ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses to nonperforming loans and leases (excluding nonperforming loans held for sale) in recent years.
 
 

 
Consolidated Loan and Lease Risk Profile

In determining the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses, management considers a number of factors to assess the risk and determine the amount of inherent loss in the portfolio at the measurement date. The tables below present certain statistics that are indicators of credit risk by loan type and provides supplemental information that, together with the previous discussion, is intended to assist in obtaining an understanding of the current credit risks that are in each loan type.

   
Commercial ($ in millions)
 
   
June 30,
2010
   
% of 
Consolidated
Total
   
March 31,
2010
   
% of 
Consolidated
Total
 
                         
Loans and leases
  $ 12,246.9       29.6 %   $ 12,315.5       28.9 %
Nonaccrual loans and leases
    246.0       13.7       252.7       12.9  
Accruing renegotiated loans
    61.3       8.6       64.3       8.8  
Loans and leases past due 30-89 days
    63.6       10.4       71.7       10.2  
Quarter-to-date net charge-offs
    49.3       11.2       134.1       31.7  


Commercial loans and leases are extended across many industry types that at June 30, 2010 included: manufacturing (23%), wholesale trade (14%), finance and insurance (11%), retail trade (8%), real estate (7%), construction (6%), professional (5%), management companies (3%), agriculture (4%), transportation and warehousing (4%) and health care (3%).

Commercial loans and leases are evaluated for the adequacy of repayment sources at the time of approval and are regularly reviewed for any possible deterioration in the ability of the borrower to repay the loan.  Collateral varies by individual customer and may include accounts receivable, inventory, equipment, deposits, securities, personal guarantees, general business security agreements and real estate.

Commercial loans and leases are associated with customers located in Wisconsin (42%), Minnesota (14%), Missouri (10%), Illinois (5%), Arizona (4%), Indiana (4%), Florida (3%) and Kansas (3%).

Commercial and industrial loans continued to contract in the second quarter of 2010 compared to the first quarter of 2010 although at a slower rate than the contraction experienced in the prior four quarters. Commercial customers appear to still be focused on expense management and debt reduction by delaying capital expenditures and reducing working capital demand.  However, commercial loan commitments and credit lines utilization have shown signs of stabilizing over the past two quarters.  Commercial loan and lease balances are expected to continue to contract at a slower rate. The rate of contraction will depend on the pace and strength of economic improvement.

Nonperforming commercial loans and leases amounted to $246.0 million at June 30, 2010 compared to $252.7 million at March 31, 2010, a net decrease of $6.7 million.

Net charge-offs related to bank holding companies amounted to $5.7 million in the second quarter of 2010.  Included in net charge-offs for the quarter ended March 31, 2010, was a charge-off of approximately $50.0 million related to a loan to a bank holding company.  At December 31, 2009, that loan was the Corporation’s largest single nonperforming loan outstanding.  That loan had been fully reserved since being placed in nonperforming status earlier in 2009.  Included in net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2009 were charge-offs related to loans to certain bank holding companies that amounted to $157.8 million.  Those charge-offs related to four bank holding companies and were taken due to a series of events that included:  (1) a significant deterioration in the loan portfolios of certain of these bank holding companies, (2) unanticipated difficulties or delays in capital raising transactions by certain of these bank holding companies, and (3) regulatory actions against certain of these bank holding companies.

At June 30, 2010, loans outstanding to bank holding companies were approximately $437.0 million of which $6.8 million was in nonperforming status and $63.3 million was identified as potential problem loans. At March 31, 2010, loans outstanding to bank holding companies were approximately $467.0 million, of which $11.5 million was in nonperforming status and $31.6 million was identified as potential problem loans.  Loans to bank holding companies are generally secured by all of the assets of the bank holding company including the common stock of their subsidiaries. The recent economic events and exposure to these loans was taken into consideration in the determination of the allowance for loan and lease losses.
 
 

 
The ratio of nonaccrual commercial loans and leases to total commercial loans and leases at June 30, 2010 was 2.01%.  The average annualized net charge-offs for commercial loans and leases over the past nine quarters based on end of period loans was 2.5%. Excluding the charge-offs relating to loans to bank holding companies, the average annualized net charge-offs for commercial loans and leases over the past nine quarters based on end of period loans was 1.8%.


   
Commercial Real Estate ($ in millions)
 
   
June 30,
2010
   
% of 
Consolidated
Total
   
March 31,
2010
   
% of 
Consolidated
Total
 
                         
Loans
  $ 13,310.5       32.2 %   $ 13,532.0       31.7 %
Nonaccrual loans
    655.7       36.4       657.1       33.6  
Accruing renegotiated loans
    131.2       18.3       118.1       16.1  
Loans past due 30-89 days
    114.2       18.7       159.2       22.6  
Quarter-to-date net charge-offs
    98.8       22.6       53.4       12.6  


Commercial real estate loans include multi-family properties and business purpose loans secured by 1-4 family residences (26%), industrial (17%), office (15%), retail (14%), lodging (6%), farmland (6%) and medical facilities (4%).  Commercial real estate loans as presented do not include commercial construction and land development loans.

The Corporation has established policies that set standards for maximum commercial mortgage amounts by type of property, loan terms, pricing structures, loan-to-value limits by property type, minimum requirements for initial investment and maintenance of equity by the borrower, borrower net worth, property cash flow and debt service coverage as well as policies and procedures for granting exceptions to established underwriting standards.  Commercial mortgages are evaluated for adequacy of repayment sources at the time of approval and regularly reviewed for any possible deterioration in the ability of the borrower to repay the loan.

Commercial real estate loans are located primarily in the Midwest: Wisconsin (45%), Minnesota (12%), Missouri (8%), Illinois (5%), Kansas (3%) and Indiana (3%).  Commercial real estate loans in higher risk markets include Arizona (7%) and Florida (8%).

As a result of the economy, the Corporation has experienced minimal new development activity.  For the six months ended June 30, 2010, average commercial real estate loans amounted to $13,535.7 million compared to average commercial real estate loans of $13,212.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009, an increase of $323.5 million or 2.4%.

A portion of the reported year to date average growth represents the migration of construction loans to commercial real estate loans once construction is completed.  In normal market conditions, the Corporation generally limited the amount of post construction financing (permanent financing) it provided to those loans with interest rates and terms that conform to the Corporation’s interest rate risk profile or loans where a significant long-term customer relationship existed.  In many cases, the interest rate and term that customers wanted for permanent financing was readily available and provided by institutional investors in normal market conditions.  The current lack of market liquidity has resulted in customers not being able to secure financing elsewhere irrespective of their ability to service the debt.  As a result, the Corporation has provided interim loans that are intended to provide temporary financing until such time as the liquidity in the commercial real estate lending markets returns to normal conditions.  The interim loans are structured to ensure a significant amount of the income generated from the commercial real estate project is used to pay interest at market rates and reduce outstanding principal.  At the present time, management does not believe that these interim loans have resulted in increased incremental credit risk compared to other commercial real estate loans or have resulted in a significant increase in concentration risk that requires special consideration in determining the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses.

At June 30, 2010, commercial real estate loans consisted of business real estate loans of $9,109.2 million, multi-family properties and business purpose loans secured by 1-4 family residences of $3,465.2 million and farmland loans of $736.1 million.  At June 30, 2010, nonperforming business real estate loans amounted to $508.5 million or 5.6% of total business real estate loans, nonperforming multi-family properties and business purpose loans secured by 1-4 family residences amounted to $128.4 million or 3.7% of total multi-family properties and business purpose loans secured by 1-4 family residences and nonperforming farmland loans amounted to $18.8 million or 2.6% of total farmland loans.
 
 

 
At June 30, 2010, approximately 36% of the business real estate loans were owner-occupied.  Owner-occupied real estate loans are generally expected to have lower levels of default risk.

At June 30, 2010, $171.1 million or 26.1% of total nonaccrual commercial real estate loans and $83.2 million or 63.5% of total renegotiated commercial real estate loans related to one credit relationship that consists of multiple commercial real estate loans for geographically dispersed commercial real estate investments related to the lodging industry.

Net charge-offs for commercial real estate loans represented 22.6% of total net charge-offs in the second quarter of 2010 and increased $45.4 million compared to the first quarter of 2010.  Increased net charge-offs were experienced in almost all of the Corporation’s markets during the second quarter of 2010. Net charge-offs of commercial real estate loans located in Florida, Missouri and Kansas accounted for $28.6 million or 62.9% of the increase in commercial real estate loan net charge-offs in the second quarter of 2010 compared to the first quarter of 2010.  Commercial real estate loans in Missouri and Kansas have recently shown elevated levels of stress.

The ratio of nonaccrual commercial real estate loans to total commercial real estate loans at June 30, 2010 was 4.93%.  The ratio of nonaccrual commercial real estate loans to total commercial real estate loans in Arizona and Florida at June 30, 2010 was 3.48% and 9.68%, respectively.  Nonaccrual commercial real estate loans in Arizona and Florida amounted to $136.5 million or 20.8% of total nonaccrual commercial real estate loans at June 30, 2010.

The average annualized net charge-offs for commercial real estate loans in 2009 based on end of period loans was 1.7%.  The average annualized net charge-offs for commercial real estate loans over the past nine quarters based on end of period loans were 1.6%.


   
Residential Real Estate ($ in millions)
 
   
June 30,
2010
   
% of 
Consolidated
Total
   
March 31,
2010
   
% of 
Consolidated
Total
 
                         
Loans
  $ 4,625.0       11.2 %   $ 4,823.8       11.3 %
Nonaccrual loans
    252.3       14.0       269.6       13.8  
Accruing renegotiated loans
    283.6       39.7       282.0       38.5  
Loans past due 30-89 days
    176.4       29.0       170.8       24.3  
Quarter-to-date net charge-offs
    39.0       8.9       32.4       7.7  


Consistent with long standing practices, the Corporation does not originate sub-prime mortgages, variable interest-only payment plans, or mortgage loans that permit negative amortization.  The Corporation does not originate loans with below market or so-called teaser interest rates at closing and then increase after some contractual period of time.

Residential real estate loans are concentrated in Arizona (38%) and Wisconsin (34%).

Throughout 2009 and the first half of 2010, the Corporation sold over 93% of its residential real estate production to the secondary market.  At June 30, 2010, the residential real estate portfolio consisted of approximately 17% of residential real estate loans that were originated in 2004, 29% that were originated in 2008 or later and 54% that were originated in 2005 through 2007.  Loans originated in 2005 through 2007 have higher potential loss severity in the event of default because the collateral values underlying these loans experienced the greatest depreciation in value.

Residential real estate loans in Arizona have elevated levels of risk.  At June 30, 2010, Arizona residential real estate loans amounted to $1,751.4 million.  Nonperforming residential real estate loans in Arizona amounted to $145.1 million or 8.29% of total Arizona residential real estate loans.  Nonperforming residential real estate loans in Arizona represented 57.5% of total nonperforming residential real estate loans.
 
 

 
The ratio of nonaccrual residential real estate loans to total residential real estate loans at June 30, 2010 was 5.45%.  In Wisconsin, the ratio of nonaccrual residential real estate loans to total residential real estate loans at June 30, 2010 was 2.67%.

At June 30, 2010, approximately $223.0 million or 78.6% of accruing renegotiated residential real estate loans were in Arizona. The total estimated cumulative default and re-default rate as of June 30, 2010 for renegotiated residential real estate loans that were restructured between June 2008 and December 2009 was approximately 17.8%.

The average annualized net charge-offs for residential real estate loans during 2009 based on end of period loans was 6.7%. During 2009, the Corporation completed two bulk loan sales and sold $341.6 million of nonperforming and potential nonperforming residential real estate loans.  The average annualized net charge-offs for residential real estate loans in 2009 based on end of period residential real estate loans and excluding the net charge-offs associated with the loan sales was 3.0%.  The average annualized net charge-offs for residential real estate loans for the second quarter of 2010 and first quarter of 2010 based on end of period loans was 3.4% and 2.7%, respectively.


   
Construction and Development ($ in millions)
 
   
June 30,
2010
   
% of 
Consolidated
Total
   
March 31,
2010
   
% of 
Consolidated
Total
 
                         
Loans
  $ 4,418.5       10.7 %   $ 5,105.6       12.0 %
Nonaccrual loans
    561.0       31.1       681.5       34.9  
Accruing renegotiated loans
    192.7       27.0       223.2       30.5  
Loans past due 30-89 days
    155.5       25.5       218.0       30.9  
Quarter-to-date net charge-offs
    207.5       47.4       159.7       37.7  


Construction and development loans consist of commercial construction, commercial land, construction by developers, residential land and construction by individuals.

The cumulative net charge-offs for construction and development loans was 50.9% of total loan and lease cumulative net charge-offs for the nine quarters ended June 30, 2010.  The average annualized net charge-offs for construction and development loans over the past nine quarters based on end of period loans was 13.5%.  Those losses were predominantly associated with construction and development loans located in Florida and Arizona.

The Corporation has significantly reduced the construction and development loan portfolio, which at its peak in 2007, was approximately 23% of total loans and leases outstanding.  The Corporation continues to reduce the construction and development portfolio, especially in Arizona.  Construction and development loans are expected to continue to contract as the Corporation reduces its concentration in these types of loans to its corporate goal of less than 10% of total loans and leases. Given market conditions, management expects that construction and development loans will ultimately comprise less than 10% of total loans and leases. Construction and development loans were slightly less than 10.7% of total consolidated loans and leases at June 30, 2010.

The Corporation has also significantly reduced the amount and levels of nonperforming construction and development loans. Since June 30, 2009, nonperforming construction and development loans have decreased at each consecutive quarter-end through June 30, 2010.  At June 30, 2009, nonperforming construction and development loans amounted to $1,043.4 million or 15.28% of outstanding construction and development loans compared to nonperforming construction and development loans of $561.0 million or 12.70% of outstanding construction and development loans at June 30, 2010, a decrease of $482.4 million or 46.2%. The decrease in nonperforming construction and development loans was primarily due to reduced levels of new nonperforming loans, restructurings, loan sales and charge-offs.  The reduced levels of new nonperforming loans reflect the decline in volume of new larger construction loans transferring to nonperforming status, especially in Florida and Arizona.

Construction and development loans in Florida and Arizona amounted to $1,449.0 million or 32.8% of total construction and development loans at June 30, 2010 compared to $1,730.0 million or 33.9% of total construction and development loans at March 31, 2010, a decrease of $281.0 million or 16.2%.  At June 30, 2010, nonperforming construction and development loans in Florida and Arizona amounted to $229.4 million or 15.8% of total construction and development loans in Florida and Arizona compared to nonperforming construction and development loans of $289.6 million or 16.7% of total construction and development loans in Florida and Arizona at March 31, 2010, a decrease of $60.2 million or 20.8%.  Nonperforming construction and development loans in Florida and Arizona represented 40.9% of total nonperforming construction and development loans at June 30, 2010 and 42.5% of total nonperforming construction and development loans at March 31, 2010.  Accruing renegotiated construction and development loans in Florida and Arizona amounted to $100.4 million or 52.1% of total accruing renegotiated construction and development loans at June 30, 2010 compared to $116.2 million or 52.1% of total accruing renegotiated construction and development loans at March 31, 2010, a decrease of $15.8 million or 13.6%.
 
 

 
Residential land loans have higher potential loss severity in the event of default because the collateral values underlying these loans have experienced the largest relative decline in value, especially in Arizona.  At June 30, 2010, residential land loans amounted to $1.3 billion or 28.9% of total construction and development loans compared to $1.4 billion or 27.9% of total construction and development loans at March 31, 2010, a decrease of $0.1 billion or 10.4%.  Residential land loans in Arizona were 53.5% of total residential land loans at June 30, 2010 and 54.6% of total residential land loans at March 31, 2010.  At June 30, 2010, nonperforming residential land loans amounted to $182.8 million or 14.3% of total residential land loans compared to nonperforming residential land loans of $223.9 million or 15.7% of total residential land loans at March 31, 2010, a decrease of $41.1 million or 18.3%.  Nonperforming residential land loans in Arizona were 40.0% of total nonperforming residential land loans at June 30, 2010 and 45.3% of total nonperforming residential land loans at March 31, 2010.  Nonperforming residential land loans were 32.6% of total nonperforming construction and development loans at June 30, 2010 and 32.9% of total nonperforming construction and development loans at March 31, 2010.


   
Consumer ($ in millions)
 
   
June 30,
2010
   
% of 
Consolidated
Total
   
March 31,
2010
   
% of 
Consolidated
Total
 
                         
Loans and leases
  $ 6,716.6       16.3 %   $ 6,871.9       16.1 %
Nonaccrual loans and leases
    86.4       4.8       92.9       4.8  
Accruing renegotiated loans
    45.8       6.4       44.2       6.1  
Loans and leases past due 30-89 days
    99.7       16.4       84.7       12.0  
Quarter-to-date net charge-offs
    43.7       9.9       43.8       10.3  


The majority of consumer loans and leases are home equity loans and lines of credit which amounted to $4.5 billion at June 30, 2010.  Home equity lines of credit represent 59% and home equity loans represent 41% of total home equity loans and lines of credit.  Approximately 45% of home equity loans and lines of credit are secured by first mortgages.  At June 30, 2010, home equity lines of credit outstanding (amount drawn) represented approximately 60.3% of the total lines of credit outstanding compared to a three year average of 56.6%.  During 2005 and 2006, when real estate market values were at a peak, the majority of the Corporation’s wholesale originations were sold.

The largest geographic concentration of home equity loans and lines of credit is in Wisconsin (36%) with the remainder geographically dispersed.

The average annualized net charge-offs for home equity loans and lines of credit over the past nine quarters based on end of period loans were 2.1%.  The average annualized net charge-offs for home equity loans and lines of credit for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009 based on end of period loans was 2.4%.  The average annualized net charge-offs for home equity loans and lines of credit for the six months ended June 30, 2010 based on end of period loans was 2.9%.

Credit card loans amounted to $278.6 million or 0.7% of total loans and leases at June 30, 2010.  Credit cards are not a significant component of the Corporation’s loan and lease portfolio.

Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

Consistent with the credit quality trends noted above, the provision for loan and lease losses amounted to $439.9 million for the second quarter ended June 30, 2010.  By comparison, the provision for loan and lease losses amounted to $458.1 million in the first quarter of 2010 and $619.0 million for the second quarter of 2009.  For the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, the provision for loan and lease losses amounted to $898.0 million and $1,096.9 million, respectively.  The provision for loan and lease losses is the amount required to establish the allowance for loan and lease losses at the required level after considering charge-offs and recoveries.  The ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans and leases was 3.67% at June 30, 2010 compared to 3.55% at March 31, 2010 and 2.84% at June 30, 2009.
 
 

 
The decline in nonperforming loans for the fourth consecutive quarter, continued improvement in delinquencies for the fifth consecutive quarter, reduced levels of loans going into nonperforming status and lower levels of net charge-offs have resulted in the lower provision for loan and lease losses this quarter compared to the provisions for loan and lease losses reported in any quarter of 2009.  The reported amount of the Corporation’s nonperforming loans and leases continue to be elevated, the improving economy remained fragile and unemployment levels continued to be volatile and elevated.  As demonstrated in 2008 and 2009, the credit environment and underlying collateral values can change rapidly.  Based on those considerations, the Corporation determined that the allowance for loan and lease losses in the second quarter of 2010 should remain consistent with the prior quarter.

The Corporation’s credit quality statistics as of and for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 reinforced recent trends with additional positive evidence that the Corporation has experienced credit improvement.  Management expects that these trends will continue. Management also expects that continuing credit improvement along with continued improvement in the economy and a reduction or stabilization in unemployment would result in lower provisions for loan and lease losses and a reduced allowance for loan and lease losses in the second half of 2010. There are numerous unknown factors at this time that will ultimately affect the timing and amount of nonperforming loans and leases, net charge-offs and the provision for loan and lease losses that will be recognized in the remainder of 2010.  The timing and amount of charge-offs will continue to be influenced by loan sales and the Corporation’s other strategies for managing its nonperforming loans and leases.

The Corporation will continue to proactively manage its potential problem loans and nonperforming loans and leases and be aggressive to isolate, identify and assess its underlying loan and lease portfolio credit quality.  The Corporation has developed and continues to develop strategies, such as selective sales of nonperforming loans and restructuring loans to qualified borrowers, to mitigate its loss exposure.  Construction and development loans tend to be more complex and may take more time to attain a satisfactory resolution.  Depending on the facts and circumstances, acquiring real estate collateral in partial or total satisfaction of problem loans may continue to be the best course of action to take in order to mitigate the Corporation’s exposure to loss.


OTHER INCOME

Total other income in the second quarter of 2010 amounted to $174.0 million compared to $264.7 million in the same period last year.  For the six months ended June 30, 2010, total other income amounted to $395.6 million compared to $439.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009.

During the first quarter of 2010, the Corporation realized a gain of $48.3 million from the sale of its merchant portfolio processing.

For the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, the Corporation took advantage of the market credit spreads for long-term borrowings and used excess liquidity to acquire and extinguish long-term borrowings at a gain.  Gain on termination of debt amounted to $0.9 million in the second quarter of 2010 and $9.2 million in the second quarter of 2009. For the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, gain on termination of debt amounted to $11.2 million and $12.3 million, respectively.

Total other income in the second quarter and first half of 2009 includes a gain of $35.4 million from the sale of the Corporation’s Class B Visa common stock and a gain of $43.6 million from the sale of approximately $1.1 billion in principal of U.S. government agency investment securities.  The gains are reported in Net investment securities gains in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

For the three months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2009, excluding the net investment securities gains and gain on termination of debt as described above, total other income amounted to $173.1 million compared to $176.5 million, a decrease of $3.4 million or 1.9%.  Excluding the gain from the sale of the merchant portfolio processing, net investment securities gains and gain on termination of debt as described above, total other income for the six months ended June 30, 2010 amounted to $336.2 million compared to $347.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009, a decrease of $11.7 million or 3.4%.
 
 

 
Wealth management revenue amounted to $69.9 million in the second quarter of 2010 compared to $65.8 million in the second quarter of 2009, an increase of $4.1 million or 6.2%.  For the six months ended June 30, 2010, wealth management revenue amounted to $138.0 million compared to $128.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009, an increase of $9.5 million or 7.4%.  Assets under management were $31.7 billion at both June 30, 2010 and 2009 which reflects the effect of market volatility despite continued expansion of the customer base.  Assets under administration were $121.4 billion at June 30, 2010 compared to $109.3 billion at June 30, 2009. That growth was driven by institutional and outsourcing customer growth.  During the second quarter and first half of 2010, strong revenue growth was experienced in both personal and institutional trust services. Wealth management revenue will continue to be affected by market volatility and direction through the remainder of 2010.

For the three months ended June 30, 2010, service charges on deposits amounted to $33.2 million compared to $34.1 million for the three months ended June 30, 2009, a decrease of $0.9 million or 2.5%.  For the six months ended June 30, 2010, service charges on deposits amounted to $65.3 million compared to $69.4 million for the same period in 2009, a decrease of $4.1 million or 5.8%.  A portion of this source of fee income is sensitive to interest rates.  Competitive pricing in the form of earnings credits was used to encourage customers to maintain higher deposit balances resulting in lower fee income.

Total mortgage banking revenue was $7.8 million in the second quarter of 2010 compared to $18.0 million in the second quarter of 2009, a decrease of $10.2 million.  For the six months ended June 30, 2010, total mortgage banking revenue amounted to $14.1 million compared to $28.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009, a decrease of $14.8 million or 51.0%.  Reduced sales volume and increased recourse obligation exposure resulted in lower fee income from mortgage banking.  Throughout 2009 and the first half of 2010, the Corporation sold substantially all of its residential real estate production to the secondary market.  Residential mortgage loans sold in the secondary market amounted to $0.4 billion and $0.8 billion in the three and six months ended June 30, 2010, respectively.  For the three and six months ended June 30, 2009, residential mortgage loans sold in the secondary market amounted to $1.0 billion and $1.8 billion, respectively.

Net investment securities gains amounted to $3.7 million in the second quarter of 2010 compared to $82.7 million in the second quarter of 2009.  For the six months ended June 30, 2010, net investment securities gains amounted to $3.8 million compared to $82.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009.  During the second quarter of 2009, the Corporation recorded a gain of $35.4 million from the sale of Visa Class B common stock.  Also during the second quarter of 2009, the Corporation sold U.S. government agency securities with a principal amount of approximately $1.1 billion, resulting in a gain of $43.6 million.

Bank-owned life insurance revenue amounted to $11.8 million for the three months ended June 30, 2010 compared to $8.0 million for the three months ended June 30, 2009.  For the six months ended June 30, 2010, bank-owned life insurance revenue amounted to $22.6 million compared to $17.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009.  The recovery in the value of the underlying invested assets throughout 2009 resulted in improved crediting rates in the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2009.

Gain on the termination of debt amounted to $0.9 million and $9.2 million for the three months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  For the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, gain on the termination of debt amounted to $11.2 million and $12.3 million, respectively.  During the second quarter of 2010, the Corporation re-acquired and extinguished long term borrowings issued by the Corporation’s wholly-owned subsidiary, M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank (“M&I Bank”), with a par value of $15.2 million.  During the first quarter of 2010, the Corporation re-acquired and extinguished long term borrowings issued by M&I Bank with a par value of $100.9 million. During the second quarter of 2009, the Corporation re-acquired and extinguished approximately $218.7 million of debt.  During the first quarter of 2009, the Corporation re-acquired and extinguished long term borrowings issued by the Corporation and M&I Bank with a par value of $42.1 million.

During the first quarter of 2010, the Corporation sold its merchant portfolio processing at a gain of $48.3 million.  Like other bank holding companies, the Corporation determined that processing, clearing, settlement and related services with respect to credit card and debit card transactions with merchants was not a significant source of revenue or part of the Corporation’s core operating activities.
 
 

 
Other income in the second quarter of 2010 amounted to $46.6 million compared to $46.9 million in the second quarter of 2009.  For the six months ended June 30, 2010, other income amounted to $92.3 million compared to $100.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009, a decrease of $7.8 million or 7.8%.  Write-downs associated with loans available for sale (other than mortgage loans originated for sale) are reported as a reduction of other income in the Consolidated Statements of Income and amounted to $5.2 million and $12.5 million in the three and six months ended June 30, 2010, respectively, and $11.6 million in both the three and six month periods ended June 30, 2009.  Excluding the write-downs, other income in the second quarter of 2010 amounted to $51.8 million compared to $58.5 million in the second quarter of 2009, a decrease of $6.7 million or 11.3% and for the six months ended June 30, 2010, other income amounted to $104.8 million compared to $111.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009, a decrease of $6.9 million or 6.2%. The decline in other income over the comparative three and six months, excluding the write-downs, was primarily due to lower earnings on the Corporation’s deferred compensation trust accounts that primarily consist of fixed income investments.


OTHER EXPENSE

Total other expense for the three months ended June 30, 2010 amounted to $387.6 million compared to $412.2 million for the three months ended June 30, 2009, a decrease of $24.6 million or 6.0%.  For the six months ended June 30, 2010, total other expense amounted to $753.2 million compared to $755.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009, a decrease of $1.9 million.

Total other expense for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2009 included elevated levels of credit and collection-related expenses and elevated levels of expenses associated with the acquisition, valuation and holding of OREO properties.  Approximately $7.0 million of the operating expense decline in the second quarter of 2010 compared to the second quarter of 2009 was attributable to these items.  For the six months ended June 30, 2010, approximately $6.1 million of the operating expense decline compared to the same period in 2009 was attributable to these items.

Approximately $22.6 million of the operating expense decline in the second quarter of 2010 compared to the second quarter of 2009 and $10.4 million of the operating expense decline in the first half 2010 compared to the first half of 2009 was attributable to FDIC insurance premiums for insurance on deposits which included the cost of participating in the TAGP.  Total other expense for the three and six months ended June 30, 2009 included the FDIC special assessment related to insurance on deposits in addition to increased expense related to regular insurance premiums for insurance on deposits.

The Corporation’s expense in the three months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2009, excluding the items discussed above, increased $5.0 million or 1.6%.  For the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2009, the Corporation’s expense excluding the items discussed above increased $14.6 million or 2.4%.
 
 
 
 
The efficiency ratio is a non-GAAP statistical measure that is used to evaluate comparative expense control across the financial services industry.  The efficiency ratio is calculated by dividing total other expense by the sum of total other income (excluding investment securities gains and losses) and net interest income FTE.  The Corporation’s efficiency ratios for the three months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 were:
 
Efficiency Ratio
($000’s)


   
Three Months Ended June 30,
 
   
2010
   
2009
 
             
Total other expense
  $ 387,621     $ 412,191  
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
    368       472  
Total expense for efficiency ratio
  $ 387,989     $ 412,663  
                 
                 
Net interest income
  $ 401,900     $ 391,824  
FTE adjustment
    5,446       6,694  
Total other income
    173,959       264,733  
Less:  net investment securities gains
    (3,729 )     (82,665 )
Total other income and net interest income FTE
  $ 577,576     $ 580,586  
                 
Efficiency ratio
    67.2 %     71.1 %

The efficiency ratio for the second quarter of 2010 was adversely affected by the elevated costs for credit and collection-related expenses and net expenses associated with OREO properties and write-downs associated with loans available for sale (other than mortgage loans originated for sale).  The efficiency ratio for the second quarter of 2010 was positively affected by gain on debt terminations. The approximate adverse net impact of these items to the Corporation’s efficiency ratio for the three months ended June 30, 2010 from these items was approximately 6.6%.

The efficiency ratio for the second quarter of 2009 was adversely affected by the increase in credit and collection-related expenses and net expenses associated with OREO properties and write-downs associated with loans available for sale (other than mortgage loans originated for sale).  In addition, the efficiency ratio was adversely affected by the FDIC special assessment and severance expenses during the second quarter of 2009.  The efficiency ratio for the second quarter of 2009 was positively affected by gain on debt terminations. The estimated adverse net impact to the Corporation’s efficiency ratio for the three months ended June 30, 2009 from these items was approximately 14.0%.

Salaries and employee benefits expense amounted to $185.3 million in the second quarter of 2010 compared to $187.2 million in the second quarter of 2009, a decrease of $1.9 million or 1.0%.  Salaries and employee benefits related to credit and collection increased approximately $1.0 million for the three months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2009.  Salaries and employee benefits expense amounted to $346.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to $342.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009, an increase of $4.5 million or 1.3%.  Salaries and employee benefits related to credit and collection increased approximately $1.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2009.  Included in salaries and benefit expense for the three and six months ended June 30, 2009 was severance expense of $5.8 million.  The number of full-time equivalent employees decreased approximately 2.9% at June 30, 2010 compared to June 30, 2009.

Net occupancy and equipment expense, software expenses, processing charges and supplies, printing, postage and delivery expenses amounted to $82.3 million in the second quarter of 2010 compared to $82.2 million for the three months ended June 30, 2009.  For the six months ended June 30, 2010, net occupancy and equipment expense, software expenses, processing charges and supplies, printing, postage and delivery expenses amounted to $164.5 million compared to $165.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009, a decrease of $0.9 million or 0.5%.

FDIC insurance premiums on deposits amounted to $26.6 million in the second quarter of 2010 compared to $49.2 million in the second quarter of 2009, a decrease of $22.6 million.  For the six months ended June 30, 2010, FDIC insurance premiums on deposits amounted to $53.9 million compared to $64.3 million for the same period in 2009, a decrease of $10.4 million.  As previously discussed, included in the second quarter and first six months of 2009 was the Corporation’s portion of the FDIC special assessment related to insurance on deposits that amounted to $29.3 million.
 
 

 
Professional services expense amounted to $26.7 million in the second quarter of 2010 compared to $22.0 million in the second quarter of 2009, an increase of $4.7 million or 21.4%. Legal fees and other professional fees associated with problem loans decreased $0.3 million in the second quarter of 2010 compared to the second quarter of 2009.  For the six months ended June 30, 2010, professional services expense amounted to $47.5 million compared to $41.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009, an increase of $6.3 million or 15.4%. Legal fees and other professional fees associated with problem loans decreased $1.5 million in the first six months of 2010 compared to the first six months of 2009.  The decline in legal fees and other professional fees associated with problem loans in the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the three and six months ended June 30, 2009 was offset by increased consulting fees associated with numerous items, including updating certain internal systems and processes.
 
Amortization of intangibles amounted to $5.0 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2010 compared to $5.8 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2009.  For the six months ended June 30, 2010, amortization of intangibles amounted to $10.2 million compared to $11.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009, a decrease of $1.4 million or 12.5%.  Goodwill is tested for impairment using a two-step process that begins with an estimation of the fair value of a reporting unit.  The first step is a screen for potential impairment and the second step measures the amount of impairment, if any.  The Corporation has elected to perform its annual test for impairment as of June 30th.  Based on the preliminary results of the current year’s annual test, the Corporation has initially determined that the recorded goodwill as of June 30, 2010 was not impaired.  See Note 10 in Notes to Financial Statements and the fair value discussion in Critical Accounting Policies included in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for more information regarding the goodwill impairment test.

Net OREO expenses amounted to $25.6 million in the second quarter of 2010 compared to $33.3 million in the second quarter of 2009, a decrease of $7.7 million or 23.0%.  For the six months ended June 30, 2010, Net OREO expenses amounted to $57.2 million compared to $63.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009, a decrease of $6.5 million or 10.1%. The costs of acquiring and holding the elevated levels of foreclosed properties increased $0.9 million or 8.9% in the second quarter of 2010 compared to the second quarter of 2009 and increased $6.0 million or 32.0% for the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2009.  The increased costs of acquiring and holding the elevated levels of foreclosed properties were more than offset by lower valuation write-downs and the impact of realizing net gains on the disposition of OREO in 2010 compared to incurring net losses on the disposition of OREO in 2009.  Valuation write-downs decreased $1.2 million in the second quarter of 2010 compared to the second quarter of 2009 and decreased $1.7 million in the first half of 2010 compared to the first half of 2009.  For the three and six months ended June 30, 2010 net gains from the sale of OREO amounted to $5.2 million and $6.6 million, respectively.  For the three and six months ended June 30, 2009 net losses from the sale of OREO amounted to $2.2 million and $4.1 million, respectively. The Corporation expects that higher levels of expenses associated with acquiring and holding foreclosed properties will continue.  Valuation write-downs and net gains or losses on the disposition of OREO will depend on real estate market conditions which may be beginning to exhibit some signs of  improvement.

Other expense amounted to $36.0 million in the second quarter of 2010 compared to $32.4 million in the second quarter of 2009, an increase of $3.6 million or 11.2%.  For the six months ended June 30, 2010, other expense amounted to $73.0 million compared to $66.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009, an increase of $6.6 million or 9.8%. Losses from exercising the call option on brokered certificate of deposits increased $2.2 million in the second quarter of 2010 compared to the second quarter of 2009 and increased $5.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2009.  During the first quarter of 2010, the Corporation terminated a cash flow hedge at a loss of $1.8 million. Those losses were offset by the reduced provision for losses for unfunded commitments and other off-balance sheet exposures such as letters of credit.  The provision for losses for unfunded commitments and other off-balance sheet exposures was $2.3 million less for the first half of 2010 compared to the first half of 2009.  The reduced provision for losses for unfunded commitments and other off-balance sheet exposures primarily reflects the lower amount of unfunded commitments outstanding.  Advertising expense associated with new deposit products increased $1.6 million in the second quarter of 2010 compared to the second quarter of 2009 and increased $1.5 million in the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2009.
 
 

 
INCOME TAXES

For the three months ended June 30, 2010, the benefit for income taxes amounted to $103.5 million or 41.1% of the pre-tax loss, compared to the benefit for income taxes for the three months ended June 30, 2009 of $166.1 million or 44.3% of the pre-tax loss.  For the six months ended June 30, 2010, the benefit for income taxes amounted to $187.1 million or 41.6% of the pre-tax loss, compared to the benefit for income taxes for the six months ended June 30, 2009 of $319.1 million or 51.5% of the pre-tax loss.

The Health Care Acts signed in to law during March 2010 effectively changed the income tax treatment of federal subsidies paid to sponsors of retiree health benefit plans that provide qualifying prescription drug benefits. Under the Health Care Acts, beginning in 2013 the Corporation’s income tax deduction for the costs of providing Medicare Part D-equivalent prescription drug benefits to retirees will be reduced by the amount of the subsidy. Under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, any impact from a change in tax law must be recognized in earnings in the period enacted regardless of the effective date.  As a result, the Corporation recognized a noncash charge of $4.1 million for the write-off of deferred tax assets to reflect the change in tax treatment of the federal subsidy.

In February 2009, the State of Wisconsin passed legislation that requires combined reporting for state income tax purposes effective January 1, 2009.  As a result, the Corporation recorded an additional income tax benefit of $51.0 million to recognize certain state deferred tax assets, which included the reduction of a valuation allowance for Wisconsin net operating losses.  As previously discussed, during the second quarter of 2009, the Corporation recorded an additional tax benefit of $18.0 million due to the favorable resolution of a tax matter.
 
 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Total equity was $6.76 billion or 12.54% of total consolidated assets at June 30, 2010 compared to $6.99 billion or 12.21% of total consolidated assets at December 31, 2009 and $6.59 billion or 11.05% of total consolidated assets at June 30, 2009.

Total equity at June 30, 2010, December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2009 was affected by the following transactions:

On October 27, 2009, the Corporation announced the closing of its public offering of 156.4 million shares of its common stock at $5.75 per share.  The 156.4 million shares included 20.4 million shares issued pursuant to an option granted to the underwriters by the Corporation, which was exercised in full.  The proceeds, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses, from the issuance of shares in this public offering amounted to $863.1 million.

On June 17, 2009, the Corporation announced the closing of its public offering of 100.0 million shares of its common stock at $5.75 per share.  The 100.0 million shares included 13.0 million shares issued pursuant to an option granted to the underwriters by the Corporation, which was exercised in full.  The proceeds, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses, from the issuance of shares in this public offering amounted to $551.8 million.

The Corporation also sold on an at-the-market basis 670,300 shares of its common stock during the second quarter of 2009 resulting in proceeds of $4.5 million, net of fees and commissions and offering expenses.

On April 27, 2010, the Corporation announced that its Board of Directors declared the second quarter cash dividend of $0.01 per share on its common stock.  Currently, the Corporation is required to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago (the “Federal Reserve”) and the Wisconsin Department of Financial Institutions (the “DFI”) to pay a cash dividend on its common stock.

During the second quarter of 2010, the Corporation issued 246,406 shares of its common stock for $1.5 million to fund its obligation under its employee stock purchase plan (the “ESPP”).  During the first six months of 2010, the Corporation issued 471,709 shares of its common stock for $3.0 million to fund its obligation under its ESPP.  During the second quarter of 2009, the Corporation issued 432,571 shares of its common stock for $1.8 million to fund its obligation under its ESPP.  During the first six months of 2009, the Corporation issued 816,461 shares of its common stock for $3.6 million to fund its obligation under its ESPP.
 
 

 
On November 14, 2008, as part of the Corporation’s participation in the CPP, the Corporation entered into a Letter Agreement with the UST.  Pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement – Standard Terms (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”) attached to the Letter Agreement, the Corporation sold 1,715,000 shares of the Corporation’s Senior Preferred Stock, having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, for a total price of $1,715 million.  The Senior Preferred Stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital and pays cumulative compounding dividends at a rate of 5% per year for the first five years and 9% per year thereafter.

Under the terms of the Securities Purchase Agreement, except as described below, the Corporation may not redeem the Senior Preferred Stock during the first three years that it is outstanding.  After the first three years, the Corporation may redeem shares of the Senior Preferred Stock for the per share liquidation preference of $1,000 plus any accrued and unpaid dividends.  The Corporation is permitted, subject to regulatory approval, to redeem in whole or in part the Senior Preferred Stock during the first three years only if (a) it has received aggregate gross proceeds of not less than $428.75 million from one or more “Qualified Equity Offerings” (as defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement), and (b) the aggregate redemption price of the Senior Preferred Stock redeemed does not exceed the aggregate net proceeds received by the Corporation from any such Qualified Equity Offerings.

The Corporation received a total of $1,419.4 million in aggregate net proceeds from the common stock offerings in 2009, which met the requirements for Qualified Equity Offerings.  Any repurchase of the Senior Preferred Stock would be contingent upon the determination of the Board of Directors that such repurchase is in the best interests of the Corporation and its shareholders.  Furthermore, any repurchase of the Senior Preferred Stock would be subject to consultation with and approval by the Corporation’s banking regulators.  To the extent the Corporation seeks such approval, there can be no assurance that such approval will be granted.

Pursuant to the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act, which was signed into law in February 2009, CPP participants are permitted to redeem the preferred stock issued under the CPP at any time, subject to consultation with the appropriate federal banking agency.  However, the Corporation’s Restated Articles of Incorporation contain the redemption restrictions described above. The Corporation may seek Board of Directors and shareholder approval in the future to amend the Restated Articles of Incorporation to allow the Corporation to redeem the Senior Preferred Stock at any time after consultation with the Federal Reserve Board.

Under the terms of the Securities Purchase Agreement, as long as any Senior Preferred Stock is outstanding, the Corporation may pay quarterly common stock cash dividends of up to $0.32 per share, and may redeem or repurchase its common stock, provided that all accrued and unpaid dividends for all past dividend periods on the Senior Preferred Stock are fully paid.  Prior to the third anniversary of the UST’s purchase of the Senior Preferred Stock, unless Senior Preferred Stock has been redeemed or the UST has transferred all of the Senior Preferred Stock to third parties, the consent of the UST will be required for the Corporation to increase its common stock dividend to more than $0.32 per share per quarter or repurchase its common stock or other equity or capital securities, other than in connection with benefit plans consistent with past practice and certain other circumstances specified in the Securities Purchase Agreement.  The Senior Preferred Stock will be non-voting except for class voting rights on matters that would adversely affect the rights of the holders of the Senior Preferred Stock.

As a condition to participating in the CPP, the Corporation issued and sold to the UST a warrant (the “Warrant”) to purchase 13,815,789 shares (the “Warrant Shares”) of the Corporation’s common stock, at an initial per share exercise price of $18.62, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $257.25 million.  The term of the Warrant is ten years.  The Warrant is no longer subject to any contractual restrictions on transfer.  The Warrant provides for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise pursuant to customary anti-dilution provisions, such as upon stock splits or distributions of securities or other assets to holders of the Corporation’s common stock, and upon certain issuances of the Corporation’s common stock at or below a specified price range relative to the initial exercise price.  Pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement, the UST has agreed not to exercise voting power with respect to any shares of common stock issued upon exercise of the Warrant.

Pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement, until the UST no longer owns any shares of the Senior Preferred Stock, the Warrant or Warrant Shares, the Corporation’s employee benefit plans and other executive compensation arrangements for its Senior Executive Officers must continue to comply in all respects with Section 111(b) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act and the rules and regulations of the UST promulgated thereunder.
 
 

 
The Securities Purchase Agreement permits the UST to unilaterally amend any provision of the Letter Agreement and the Securities Purchase Agreement to the extent required to comply with any changes in the applicable Federal statutes.

For accounting purposes, the proceeds of $1,715 million were allocated between the preferred stock and the warrant based on their relative fair values.  The initial value of the Warrant, which is classified as equity, was $81.12 million.  The entire discount on the Senior Preferred Stock, created from the initial value assigned to the Warrant, will be accreted over a five year period in a manner that produces a level preferred stock dividend yield which is 6.10%.  At the end of the fifth year, the carrying amount of the Senior Preferred Stock will equal its liquidation value.

Preferred dividends accrued and discount accretion on the Senior Preferred Stock amounted to $25.2 million and $50.4 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2010, respectively.  On May 17, 2010, the Corporation paid the quarterly preferred dividend covering the period from February 15, 2010 through May 15, 2010 in the amount of $21.4 million.

 At June 30, 2010, the net gain in accumulated other comprehensive income amounted to $22.2 million, which represented a positive change in accumulated other comprehensive income of $73.5 million since December 31, 2009.  Net accumulated other comprehensive income associated with available for sale investment securities was a net gain of approximately $67.2 million at June 30, 2010, compared to a net loss of $13.0 million at December 31, 2009, resulting in a net gain of $80.2 million over the three month period.  The net unrealized loss associated with the change in fair value of the Corporation’s derivative financial instruments designated as cash flow hedges increased $5.9 million since December 31, 2009, and amounted to $50.0 million at June 30, 2010, compared to a net loss of $44.1 million at December 31, 2009.  The amount required to adjust the Corporation’s postretirement health benefit liability to its funded status included in accumulated other comprehensive income amounted to an unrealized gain of approximately $5.0 million as of June 30, 2010.

The Corporation continues to have a strong capital base and its regulatory capital ratios are significantly above the minimum requirements as shown in the following tables.

Risk-Based Capital Ratios
($ in millions)


   
June 30, 2010
   
December 31, 2009
 
   
Amount
   
Ratio
   
Amount
   
Ratio
 
Tier 1 Capital
  $ 4,905       11.00 %   $ 5,381       11.11 %
Tier 1 Capital Minimum Requirement
    1,784       4.00       1,938       4.00  
Excess
  $ 3,121       7.00 %   $ 3,443       7.11 %
                                 
Total Capital
  $ 6,402       14.35 %   $ 6,988       14.42 %
Total Capital Minimum Requirement
    3,568       8.00       3,876       8.00  
Excess
  $ 2,834       6.35 %   $ 3,112       6.42 %
                                 
Risk-Adjusted Assets
  $ 44,608             $ 48,457          
 
 

 
Leverage Ratios
($ in millions)


   
June 30, 2010
   
December 31, 2009
 
   
Amount
   
Ratio
   
Amount
   
Ratio
 
Tier 1 Capital
  $ 4,905       9.12 %   $ 5,381       9.48 %
Minimum Leverage Requirement
    1,613 - 2,688       3.00 - 5.00       1,702 - 2,837       3.00 - 5.00  
Excess
  $ 3,292 - $2,217       6.12 - 4.12 %   $ 3,679 - $2,544       6.48 - 4.48 %
                                 
Adjusted Average Total Assets
  $ 53,763             $ 56,754          
 
 
The Corporation issued shares of its common stock on an at-the-market basis prior to the underwritten public offerings in 2009.  The Corporation issued a total of 257.1 million shares of its common stock as a result of these transactions in 2009.  The proceeds, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses, from these issuances amounted to $1,419.4 million.

The Corporation used the net proceeds of these offerings for general corporate purposes that included contributions of some portion of the net proceeds to the capital of its subsidiaries, which used these contributions for their general corporate purposes.  The Corporation also used a portion of the net proceeds of these offerings to repurchase portions of its outstanding indebtedness.

The Corporation manages its liquidity to ensure that funds are available to each of its banks to satisfy the cash flow requirements of depositors and borrowers and to ensure the Corporation’s own cash requirements are met.  The Corporation maintains liquidity by obtaining funds from several sources.

Cash and short-term investments held at the Federal Reserve amounted to $0.8 billion at June 30, 2010.  At the present time, these balances represent the Corporation’s most readily available source of liquidity.  This source of liquidity reflects management’s decision to maintain higher levels of liquid assets.

Another readily available source of liquidity to the Corporation is its investment portfolio.  Investment securities available for sale, which totaled $6.9 billion at June 30, 2010, represent a highly accessible source of liquidity.  The Corporation’s portfolio of held-to-maturity investment securities provides liquidity from maturities.

Depositors within the Corporation’s defined markets are another source of liquidity.  Core deposits (demand, savings, money market and consumer time deposits) averaged $30.4 billion in the second quarter of 2010.  The Corporation's banking affiliates may also access the federal funds markets or utilize collateralized borrowings such as treasury demand notes, FHLB advances or other forms of collateralized borrowings.

The Corporation has historically used brokered deposits to supplement deposits generated through the Corporation’s banking branch network due to pricing advantages.  As a result of unstable market conditions in the capital markets in recent years, the Corporation has increased its use of brokered deposits primarily because the cost of brokered deposits has been below the cost of issuing debt, especially new long-term borrowings.  Brokered and institutional certificates of deposit represented 54.3% of total average wholesale deposit balances in the second quarter of 2010.  The weighted average remaining term of outstanding brokered and institutional certificates of deposit at June 30, 2010 was 12.1 years.  These long-term deposits have improved the Corporation’s structural liquidity.

The national capital markets represent a further source of liquidity to the Corporation.

The Corporation and/or M&I Bank may repurchase or redeem its outstanding debt securities from time to time, including, without limitation, senior and subordinated global bank notes, medium-term corporate notes, MiNotes or junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures and the related trust preferred securities.  Such repurchases or redemptions may be made in open market purchases, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise for cash or other consideration.  Any such repurchases or redemptions will be made on an opportunistic basis as market conditions permit and are dependent on the Corporation’s liquidity needs, compliance with any contractual or indenture restrictions, regulatory requirements and other factors the Corporation deems relevant.
 
 

 
For the six months ended June 30, 2010, the Corporation re-acquired and extinguished $116.0 million of debt at a gain.  The debt consisted of small blocks of various bank notes issued by M&I Bank. For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Corporation re-acquired and extinguished $1,285.7 million of debt at a gain of which, $260.8 million was acquired in the six months ended June 30, 2009.  The debt consisted of small blocks of various bank notes issued by the Corporation and M&I Bank.

As previously discussed, on April 30, 2010 the Corporation elected to opt out of the TAGP program extension.  As anticipated, certain NOW deposits and certain noninterest bearing deposits migrated to other deposit accounts, investment products or into products offered by other entities.  The impact of the opt-out was not significant.

Federal and state banking laws place certain restrictions on the amount of dividends and loans which a bank may make to its parent company.  Such restrictions have not had, and are not expected to have, any material effect on the Corporation’s ability to meet its cash obligations. Currently, the Corporation is required to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve and the DFI to pay a cash dividend on its common stock. The market impact of the recession and deterioration in the national real estate markets have resulted in a strain on liquidity in the financial services sector.  However, the common stock issued in financing transactions in 2009 and participation in the CPP in 2008 provided the Corporation with $3.1 billion in cash and significantly increased its regulatory and tangible capital levels.  Management expects that it will continue to make use of a wide variety of funding sources, including those that have not shown the levels of stress demonstrated in some of the national capital markets.  Notwithstanding the current national capital market impact on the cost and availability of liquidity, management believes that it has adequate liquidity to ensure that funds are available to the Corporation and each of its banks to satisfy their cash flow requirements.

M&I Bank has implemented a global bank note program that permits it to issue and sell up to a maximum of US$13.0 billion aggregate principal amount (or the equivalent thereof in other currencies) at any one time outstanding of its senior global bank notes with maturities of seven days or more from their respective date of issue and subordinated global bank notes with maturities more than five years from their respective date of issue.  The notes may be fixed rate or floating rate and the exact terms will be specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement or the applicable Program Supplement.  This program is intended to enhance liquidity by enabling M&I Bank to sell its debt instruments in global markets in the future without the delays that would otherwise be incurred.  At June 30, 2010, approximately $11.2 billion of new debt could be issued under M&I Bank’s global bank note program.

Bank notes outstanding at June 30, 2010 amounted to $2.3 billion of which $1.5 billion is subordinated.  A portion of the subordinated bank notes qualifies as supplementary capital for regulatory capital purposes.

During the second quarter of 2008, the Corporation filed a shelf registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission enabling the Corporation to issue up to 6.0 million shares of its common stock from time to time in connection with acquisitions by the Corporation and/or consolidated subsidiaries of the Corporation.  At June 30, 2010, approximately 1.14 million shares of the Corporation’s common stock could be issued under the shelf registration statement for future acquisitions.

During the fourth quarter of 2007, the Corporation filed a shelf registration statement pursuant to which the Corporation may issue corporate debt and/or equity securities with a relatively short lead time, subject to market conditions, and which may be used to register resales of securities acquired by shareholders in transactions exempt from registration under federal securities laws.


OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

At June 30, 2010, there have been no other substantive changes with respect to the Corporation’s off-balance sheet activities disclosed in the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009.  The Corporation continues to believe that based on the off-balance sheet arrangements with which it is presently involved, such off-balance sheet arrangements neither have, nor are reasonably likely to have, a material impact to its current or future financial condition, results of operations, liquidity or capital.
 
 

 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Corporation has established various accounting policies that govern the application of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States in the preparation of the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements.  The significant accounting policies of the Corporation are described in the footnotes to the consolidated financial statements contained in the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, and updated as necessary in its Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q.

Certain accounting policies involve significant judgments and assumptions by management that may have a material impact on the carrying value of certain assets and liabilities.  Management considers such accounting policies to be critical accounting policies.  The judgments and assumptions used by management are based on historical experience and other factors, which are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.  Because of the nature of judgments and assumptions made by management, actual results could differ from these judgments and estimates which could have a material impact on the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the results of the operations of the Corporation.  Management continues to consider the following to be those accounting policies that require significant judgments and assumptions:

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The allowance for loan and lease losses represents management’s estimate of probable losses inherent in the Corporation’s loan and lease portfolio.  Management’s evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses is an inherently subjective process impacted by many factors.  Some factors considered in determining the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses are quantifiable while other factors require qualitative judgment.   Management evaluates the allowance each quarter to determine that it is adequate to absorb these inherent losses.  This evaluation is supported by a methodology that identifies estimated losses based on assessments of individual problem loans, historical loss patterns of homogeneous loan pools and adjustments to reflect current economic conditions.  The inherent lagging of credit quality measurements relative to the performance of the loan portfolio and numerous other factors create degrees of imprecision in these measurements.  Management considers the effect of imprecision and many other factors in determining the allowance for credit losses.  In addition, environmental factors, including economic conditions and regulatory guidance, unique to each measurement date are also considered.

The Corporation’s reserving methodology has the following components, which are collectively reported as the allowance for loan and lease losses.  The entire allowance for loan and lease losses is available to absorb losses from loans and leases in any of the components.

Specific Reserve.    A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that a creditor will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.  Nonaccrual loans, which the Corporation refers to as nonperforming loans, and troubled debt restructurings, which the Corporation refers to as accruing renegotiated loans, meet the definition of an impaired loan.  For impaired loans, impairment is measured using one of three alternatives: (1) the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate; (2) the loan’s observable market price, if available; or (3) the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell for collateral dependent loans and loans for which foreclosure is deemed to be probable.  In general, these loans have been internally identified as credits requiring management’s attention due to underlying problems in the borrower’s business or collateral concerns.  This analysis considers expected future cash flows, the value of collateral and also other factors that may impact the borrower’s ability to make payments when due.

All nonperforming loans greater than $1.0 million and all accruing renegotiated loans were evaluated to identify the specific reserve or valuation allowance to be allocated to each of these loans.  The specific reserve or valuation allowance is determined as the excess, if any, of the carrying value of the loan over the amount determined using the measurement alternative employed at the measurement date.  The carrying value of the loan reflects reductions from prior charge-offs.

For accruing renegotiated loans, the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate was the methodology predominantly employed to measure the amount of impairment at June 30, 2010.  Contractual cash flows were adjusted for probability of default, expected prepayments, expected collateral value for loans that will not be fully amortized at maturity and other factors that may impact the timing and amount of expected cash flows.  Factors used to adjust contractual cash flows were based on historical experience and market performance statistics where available.  At June 30, 2010, the specific reserve or valuation allowance for accruing renegotiated loans was determined to be $133.2 million.
 
 

 
For nonperforming loans greater than $1.0 million the fair value of the collateral less cost to sell was the methodology predominantly employed to measure the amount of impairment at June 30, 2010.

Real estate related loans, especially construction and development real estate loans, were the primary contributors to the elevated levels of nonperforming loans and leases and net charge-offs over the recent nine quarters ended June 30, 2010.  Real estate related loans continued to make up the majority of the Corporation’s nonperforming loans and leases at June 30, 2010.  Historically, the Corporation’s loss experience with real estate loans has been relatively low due to the sufficiency of the underlying real estate collateral.  In a stressed real estate market, the value of the collateral securing the loans has become one of the most important factors in determining the amount of loss incurred and the appropriate amount of allowance for loan and lease losses to record at the measurement date.  The likelihood of losses that are equal to the entire recorded investment for a real estate loan is remote.  However, in many cases, rapidly declining and depressed real estate values have resulted in the determination that the estimated value of the collateral was insufficient to cover all of the recorded investment in the loan which has required significant additional charge-offs.  Depressed and declining collateral values have significantly contributed to the elevated levels of net charge-offs and the increase in the provision for loan and lease losses that the Corporation experienced over the past two years.  Management believes real estate market conditions may be beginning to exhibit some signs of stabilization and improvement.

The Corporation continuously re-assessed, and continues to re-assess the timeliness and propriety of appraisals for collateral dependent loans particularly in volatile real estate markets such as Arizona.  The Corporation uses a variety of sources, such as recent sales of loans and sales of OREO, to validate the collateral values used to determine the amount of loss exposure at the measurement date.

At June 30, 2010, the specific reserve or valuation allowance for nonperforming loans greater than $1.0 million was determined to be $233.5 million.

At June 30, 2010, a total of $1,819.6 million of impaired loans and leases were evaluated to identify the specific reserve or valuation allowance to be allocated to each of these loans.  A total valuation allowance of $366.7 million was determined to be required on approximately $1,369.5 million of impaired loans and no valuation allowance was determined to be required on $450.1 million of impaired loans.  In determining the amount of the valuation allowance at June 30, 2010, the Corporation has taken into consideration that the amount of cumulative net charge-offs recorded on the Corporation’s nonperforming loans outstanding at June 30, 2010 was approximately $738.0 million or 53.9% of the unpaid principal balance of the affected nonperforming loans.  These charge-offs have reduced the carrying value of these nonperforming loans and leases which reduced the allowance for loan and lease losses required at the measurement date.

Collective Loan Impairment.  This component of the allowance for loan and lease losses is comprised of two elements. First, the Corporation makes a significant number of loans and leases, which due to their underlying similar characteristics, are assessed for loss as homogeneous pools.  Included in the homogeneous pools are loans and leases from the retail sector and commercial loans and leases that were excluded from the specific reserve allocation previously discussed.

For purposes of this discussion, the term commercial loans refers to a variety of loan types and includes commercial and industrial loans, commercial real estate loans, commercial construction and development loans and commercial leases.  Commercial loans are initially segmented by loan type.  The loan types are then stratified by region or business channel.  Using the Corporation’s internal risk ratings, commercial loans and leases are further stratified into three stratums. One stratum consists of loans and leases with risk ratings that are indicators of a nonperforming loan or lease or potential problem loan or lease, which the Corporation refers to as criticized loans and leases. Two stratums are developed for loans and leases that indicate no particular weakness.  Using historical loss information, an estimate of loss is determined for each segment.  For criticized loans and leases, more recent historical loss information forms the basis to determine the estimates of losses inherent in the pools at the measurement date.  For the other stratums of loans and leases, longer-term historical loss information is used to form the basis to determine the estimates of losses inherent in the pools at the measurement date. Longer-term historical loss information is expected to be representative of inherent losses over an entire business cycle.  Historical loss information is updated quarterly to reflect current experience.  Historical loss information may be adjusted for portfolio trends, the effect of loan sales and factors that may be unique to a particular loan or lease type, region or business channel to ensure the loss rates ultimately used are appropriate at the measurement date. Selecting the appropriate loss rates that are used to determine the estimates of losses inherent in the pools at the measurement date requires significant judgment.  At June 30, 2010, this component of the allowance for loan and lease losses amounted to $669.4 million.
 
 

 
The retail sector consists of residential real estate loans, residential construction and development loans, home equity loans and lines of credit, personal loans and personal leases.

Retail sector loan types are stratified based on origination channels, underwriting guidelines, collateral type and product features such as a loan or line of credit and delinquency status.  The loans are further stratified by selected markets (Arizona, Wisconsin, Florida and others), updated credit scores and the loan’s year of origination.  Loss factors are derived from historical loss experience by delinquency status for each stratum and applied to the outstanding loan and lease balance by delinquency status to determine a reserve.  Based on current market conditions, the Corporation estimates additional probable loss by evaluating probability of default and loss severity, the factors that collectively impact the amount of loss inherent in the retail sector loans and leases.  Current factors impacting the probability of default such as lingering levels of elevated unemployment may not be fully reflected in updated credit scores or in existing levels of delinquency, causing historical default experience to be understated at the measurement date.  Rapidly changing real estate collateral values arising from illiquid markets, excess inventories in certain markets and high current loan-to value ratios resulting from property value depreciation since the date the loans were originated impact historical loss severity.  This additional probable loss is added to the amounts determined based on historical experience.  At June 30, 2010, this component of the allowance for loan and lease losses amounted to $480.7 million.

The second element reflects management’s recognition of the uncertainty and imprecision underlying the process of estimating losses.  From time to time, the Corporation has identified certain loans within certain industry segments that based on financial, payment or collateral performance, warrant closer ongoing monitoring by management.  The specific loans mentioned earlier are excluded from this analysis.  Based on management’s judgment, reserve ranges may be allocated to industry segments due to environmental conditions unique to the measurement period.  Consideration is given to both internal and external environmental factors such as economic conditions in certain geographic or industry segments of the portfolio, economic trends, risk profile, and portfolio composition.  Reserve ranges are then allocated using estimates of loss exposure that management has identified based on these economic trends or conditions.  At June 30, 2010, there was no allowance for loan and lease losses allocated to industry segments due to environmental conditions unique to the measurement period.

The Corporation has not materially changed any aspect of its overall approach in the determination of the allowance for loan and lease losses.  However, on an on-going basis the Corporation continues to refine the methods used in determining management’s best estimate of the allowance for loan and lease losses.

Based on the loss estimates discussed, management determined its best estimate of the required allowance for loans and leases.  Management’s evaluation of the factors previously described resulted in an allowance for loan and lease losses of $1,516.8 million or 3.67% of loans and leases outstanding at June 30, 2010.  The allowance for loan and lease losses was $1,515.2 million or 3.55% of loans and leases outstanding at March 31, 2010 and $1,480.5 million or 3.35% of loans and leases outstanding at December 31, 2009.  The provision for loan and lease losses amounted to $439.9 million in the second quarter of 2010 and $898.0 million in the six months ended June 30, 2010.  The resulting provisions for loan and lease losses are the amounts required to establish the allowance for loan and lease losses at the required level after considering charge-offs and recoveries.

The decline in nonperforming loans for the fourth consecutive quarter, continued improvement in delinquencies for the fifth consecutive quarter, reduced levels of loans going into nonperforming status and lower levels of net charge-offs have resulted in the lower provision for loan and lease losses this quarter compared to the provisions for loan and lease losses reported in any quarter of 2009.  The reported amount of the Corporation’s nonperforming loans and leases continue to be elevated, the improving economy remained fragile and unemployment levels continued to be volatile and elevated.  As demonstrated in 2008 and 2009, the credit environment and underlying collateral values can change rapidly.  Based on those considerations, the Corporation determined that the allowance for loan and lease losses in the second quarter of 2010 should remain consistent with the prior quarter. Management recognizes there are significant estimates in the process and the ultimate losses could be significantly different from those currently estimated.
 
 
 
 
Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method.  Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.  The effect on tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the income statement in the period that includes the enactment date.

The determination of current and deferred income taxes is based on complex analyses of many factors, including interpretation of Federal and state income tax laws, the difference between tax and financial reporting basis of assets and liabilities (temporary differences), estimates of amounts currently due or owed, such as the timing of reversals of temporary differences and current accounting standards.

The Federal and state taxing authorities periodically review the Corporation’s interpretation of Federal and state income tax laws and make assessments based on their determination of tax laws.  Tax liabilities could differ significantly from the estimates and interpretations used in determining the current and deferred income tax liabilities based on the completion of taxing authority examinations.  The Corporation establishes tax liabilities or reduces tax assets for uncertain tax positions when, despite its belief that its tax return positions are appropriate and supportable under local tax law, the Corporation believes it may not succeed in realizing the tax benefit of certain positions if challenged.  In evaluating a tax position, the Corporation determines whether it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position.  The Corporation’s estimate of the ultimate tax liability contains assumptions based on past experiences, and judgments about potential actions by taxing jurisdictions as well as judgments about the likely outcome of issues that have been raised by taxing jurisdictions.  The tax position is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.  The Corporation evaluates these uncertain tax positions each quarter and adjusts the related tax liabilities or assets in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the progress of a tax audit or the expiration of a statute of limitations.  The Corporation believes the estimates and assumptions used to support its evaluation of uncertain tax positions are reasonable.  The Corporation currently does not have any positions for which it is reasonably possible that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within 12 months of June 30, 2010.

At June 30, 2010, the Corporation reported a net deferred tax asset of approximately $1.2 billion.  On an ongoing basis, management evaluates the deferred tax asset to determine if a valuation allowance is required.  The determination of whether a valuation allowance is required is based on available positive and negative evidence.  Based on its analysis of the evidence, the Corporation determined that no valuation allowance was required to be recorded against the Federal deferred tax asset at June 30, 2010.  The Corporation is in a 3-year cumulative loss position as of June 30, 2010 and is projecting a loss in 2010.  The cumulative losses were attributable to the significantly higher amount of credit losses associated with real estate loans and the goodwill impairment charge recorded in 2008.  This was considered as a significant piece of negative evidence.

The positive evidence the Corporation considered consisted of the following:  Despite the credit related losses, the Corporation’s pre-tax, pre-provision income has remained stable and provides the base of income that will allow the Corporation to utilize its net operating losses as the economy improves.  Net operating losses have a 20 year carryforward life.  The Corporation forecasted sufficient taxable income during the carryforward period, exclusive of tax planning strategies, to utilize the net operating losses prior to expiration.  Projected taxable income was based on objectively verifiable evidence.  Under this method, certain losses which were considered “non-recurring” were added back to the 2009 loss before income taxes.  Nonrecurring losses were determined to be primarily credit losses and related expenses associated with the Corporation’s construction and development loan portfolio, which the Corporation deemed to be appropriate given its strategy of minimizing this type of lending.  This loan type experienced the greatest amount of stress over the past two years.  The Corporation has significantly reduced its exposure to these types of loans through loan sales and charge-offs and minimized this type of lending.  Based on this analysis, the deferred tax asset and the net operating losses would be fully recovered well before expiration.  The Corporation considered this method to be conservative because the credit losses and related expenses for the Corporation’s other loan types were projected to continue in future periods at the 2009 levels which were considered to be elevated compared to historical experience.  The Corporation’s capital base was considered more than adequate to withstand the expected timeframe required to utilize the net operating losses.
 
 

 
The realization of the deferred tax asset can be subjective and could be significantly reduced in the near term if estimates of future taxable income are significantly lower than currently forecasted.


Fair Value Measurements

The Corporation measures fair value in accordance with the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic of the Codification, which provides a framework for measuring fair value under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  The topic defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.  The topic also addresses the valuation techniques used to measure fair value.  These valuation techniques include the market approach, income approach and cost approach.  The market approach uses prices or relevant information generated by market transactions that are identical to or comparable with assets or liabilities being valued.  The income approach involves converting future amounts based on current market expectations about those future amounts to a single present amount.  The cost approach is based on the amount that currently would be required to replace the service capacity of an asset.

The Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic of the Codification establishes a fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels.  The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3).  The reported fair value of a financial instrument is categorized within the fair value hierarchy based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the instrument’s fair value measurement.  The three levels within the fair value hierarchy consist of the following:

Level 1 - Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 2 - Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.  Fair values for these instruments are estimated using pricing models, quoted prices of financial assets or liabilities with similar characteristics or discounted cash flows.

Level 3 - Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.  Fair values are initially valued based upon a transaction price and are adjusted to reflect exit values as evidenced by financing and sale transactions with third parties.

A description of the valuation methodologies used for financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is disclosed in Note 3 – Fair Value Measurements in the Notes to Financial Statements.

In addition to financial instruments that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, fair values are used in purchase price allocations and goodwill impairment testing.

Measurements other than Level 1 involve various valuation techniques and models, which seek to maximize inputs that are observable, when available.  Selecting the relevant inputs, appropriate valuation techniques and the appropriate category to report the fair value of a financial instrument requires varying levels of judgment depending on the facts and circumstances.  The determination of some fair values can be a complex analysis of many factors.  Judgment is required when determining the fair value of an asset or liability when either relevant observable inputs do not exist or available observable inputs are in a market that is not active.  When relevant observable inputs are not available, the Corporation must use its own assumptions about future cash flows and appropriately risk-adjusted discount rates.  Conversely, in some cases observable inputs may require significant adjustments.  For example, in cases where the volume and level of trading activity in an asset or liability have declined significantly, the available prices vary significantly over time or among market participants, or the prices are not current, the observable inputs might not be relevant and could require significant adjustment.

Valuation techniques and models used to measure the fair value of financial assets on a recurring basis are reviewed and validated by the Corporation at least quarterly and in some cases monthly.  In addition, the Corporation monitors the fair values of significant assets and liabilities using a variety of methods including the evaluation of pricing service information, using exception reports based on analytical criteria, comparisons to previous trades or broker quotes and overall reviews and assessments for reasonableness.
 
 

 
Goodwill Impairment Tests

Goodwill is tested for impairment using a two-step process that begins with an estimation of the fair value of a reporting unit.  A reporting unit is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment as defined by the Segment Reporting Topic of the Codification.  This first step is a screen for potential impairment.  The second step, if necessary, measures the amount of impairment, if any.  Goodwill is reviewed for impairment annually as of June 30th or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist.  Goodwill has been assigned to six reporting units for purposes of impairment testing.

Significant judgment is applied when goodwill is assessed for impairment.  The judgment includes developing cash flow projections, selecting appropriate discount rates, identifying relevant market comparables, incorporating general economic and market conditions and selecting an appropriate control premium.  The assumptions used in the goodwill impairment assessment and the application of these estimates and assumptions are discussed below.

The estimated fair values for the Commercial Banking, Private Banking and Trust reporting units at June 30, 2010 were determined by equally weighting an income approach (50%) and market approach (50%) to assess if potential goodwill impairment existed.  For the Capital Markets, National Consumer Banking and the Brokerage reporting units the estimated fair value at June 30, 2010 was determined by weighting 100% to an income approach.  The Corporation determined that there was not sufficient comparable metrics associated with guideline companies and those reporting units to place any reliance on the market approach.

The income approach is based on discounted cash flows (“DCF”).  The key assumptions used to determine fair value under the income approach included the cash flows, terminal values based on a terminal growth rate and the discount rate.  Under the DCF method, forecasted cash flows were developed for each reporting unit by considering several key business drivers such as new business initiatives, client retention standards, market share changes, anticipated loan and deposit growth, historical performance, and industry and economic trends, among other considerations.  The long-term growth rate used in determining the terminal value of each reporting unit was estimated at 10% for the Trust reporting unit and 3% for all other reporting units based on the Corporation’s assessment of the minimum expected terminal growth rate of each reporting unit, as well as broader economic considerations such as gross domestic product and inflation.  Due to the current state of the economy, unemployment levels and the lending environment, significant judgment was required to estimate the duration of the economic recession and the period and strength of recovery, especially for the Commercial Banking, Private Banking and National Consumer Banking reporting units.  Discount rates were estimated based on a Capital Asset Pricing Model, which considers the risk-free interest rate, market risk premium, beta, and in some cases, unsystematic risk and size premium adjustments specific to a particular reporting unit.  The risk-free rate was 3.9% at June 30, 2010 and was based on 20-year Treasury Bonds.  The discount rates used in the income approach for the six reporting units evaluated at June 30, 2010 ranged from 11.5% to 17%.  Higher discount rates were used for banking-related segments and reporting units to account for the risk in the cash flow projections associated with the estimate of the duration of the economic recession and the period and strength of recovery.  An increase to the discount rate of 1% would have lowered the preliminary fair value determined under the income approach for the six reporting units evaluated at June 30, 2010 by a range of $10.0 million to $160.0 million. Each reporting unit with excess shown in the table below would continue to have excess under the increased discount rate.

The market approach is a technique that provides indications of value based upon comparisons of the reporting unit to market values and pricing evidence of public companies in the same or similar lines of businesses.  Market ratios (pricing multiples) and performance fundamentals relating to the public companies’ stock prices (equity) were applied to each reporting unit as previously discussed to determine indications of its fair value.

The aggregate fair values were compared to the Corporation’s market capitalization as an assessment of the appropriateness of the fair value measurements.  The Corporation used the average stock price for the month of June 2010.  The comparison between the aggregate fair values and market capitalization indicated an implied premium.  A control premium analysis indicated that the implied premium was within a range of the overall premiums observed in the market place.
 
 

 
The following table presents the goodwill allocated to each segment or reporting unit and the results of the step one analysis, which depicts the extent to which fair value exceeded carrying value (Excess) and the extent to which carrying value exceeded fair value (Deficiency) at June 30, 2010 ($ in millions):


Results of Step One Goodwill Analysis
 
             
Segment/Reporting Unit
 
Allocated
Goodwill
   
Excess
(Deficiency)
 
Commercial Banking Segment
  $ 325.0     $ 368.0  
Trust Reporting Unit
    95.1       200.0  
National Consumer Banking Reporting Unit
    88.3       (138.0 )
Private Banking Reporting Unit
    68.5       42.0  
Capital Markets Reporting Unit
    32.5       116.0  
Brokerage Reporting Unit
    0.1       20.0  
    $ 609.5          


As a result of applying the first step of goodwill impairment testing to determine if potential goodwill impairment existed at June 30, 2010, Trust, Private Banking, and Brokerage, the three reporting units that comprise the Wealth Management segment, the Commercial Banking segment and the Capital Markets reporting unit “passed” (fair value exceeded the carrying amount) the first step of the goodwill impairment test on a preliminary basis. The National Consumer Banking reporting unit “failed” (the carrying amount exceeded the fair value) the first step of the goodwill impairment test at June 30, 2010 and is subject to the second step of the goodwill impairment test.

The second step of the goodwill impairment test compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill.  The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination.  The fair value of a reporting unit is allocated to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit (including any unrecognized intangible assets) as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination and the fair value of the reporting unit was the price paid to acquire the reporting unit.  The fair value allocated to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit (including any unrecognized intangible assets) also requires significant judgment, especially for those assets and liabilities that are not measured on a recurring basis such as certain types of loans.  The excess of the fair value of the reporting unit over the amounts assigned to its assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill.  The Corporation believes the implied fair value of goodwill is significantly affected by unobservable inputs and would be categorized as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.

The Corporation completed a preliminary evaluation of the second step of the process in order to determine if there is any goodwill impairment for the National Consumer Banking reporting unit.

The implied fair value of a reporting unit’s goodwill will generally increase if the fair value of its loans and leases are less than the carrying value of the reporting unit’s loans and leases.  The fair value of loans and leases was derived from discounted cash flow analysis as described in Note 3 – Fair Value Measurements in Notes to Financial Statements.

The stress and deterioration in the national real estate markets, liquidity stress and current economic conditions have depressed prices buyers and sellers are paying and receiving for bank-related assets, especially loans and leases.  The Corporation’s preliminary allocation of the fair values to the assets and liabilities assigned to the National Consumer Banking reporting unit was less than its reported carrying values.  As a result, the Corporation has preliminarily concluded that it was not required to recognize any goodwill impairment subject to the completion of the second step of the goodwill impairment test.

Management expects the prevailing economic and difficult real estate market conditions will last well into 2010 in many of the Corporation’s markets, resulting in a loss in 2010.  The Corporation’s pre-tax, pre-provision income was assumed to remain stable.  Credit related charges were assumed to gradually improve beginning in the second half of 2010 and be normalized by 2013.  Due to the current economic environment and the uncertainties regarding the impact on the Corporation’s reporting units, there can be no assurances that the Corporation’s estimates and assumptions regarding the duration of the economic recession, or the period or strength of recovery, made for purposes of the Corporation’s annual goodwill impairment test will prove to be accurate predictions of the future.  If the Corporation’s assumptions regarding credit quality trends, forecasted revenues or margin growth rates for certain reporting units are not achieved, the Corporation may be required to record additional goodwill impairment losses in future periods.  It is not possible at this time to determine if any such future impairment loss would result or, if it does, whether such charge would be material.
 
 

 
New Accounting Pronouncements

A discussion of new accounting pronouncements that are applicable to the Corporation and have been or will be adopted by the Corporation is included in Note 2 in Notes to Financial Statements contained in Item 1 herein.
 
 

 
ITEM 3.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The following updated information should be read in conjunction with the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009.  Updated information regarding the Corporation’s use of derivative financial instruments is contained in Note 12 – Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities in Notes to Financial Statements contained in Item 1 herein.

Market risk arises from exposure to changes in interest rates, exchange rates, commodity prices, and other relevant market rate or price risk.  The Corporation faces market risk through trading and other than trading activities.  While market risk that arises from trading activities, in the form of foreign exchange and interest rate risk, is immaterial to the Corporation, market risk from other than trading activities, in the form of interest rate risk, is measured and managed through a number of methods.

Interest Rate Risk
 
The Corporation uses financial modeling techniques to identify potential changes in income and market value under a variety of possible interest rate scenarios.  Financial institutions, by their nature, bear interest rate and liquidity risk as a necessary part of the business of managing financial assets and liabilities.  The Corporation has designed strategies to limit these risks within prudent parameters and identify appropriate risk/reward tradeoffs in the financial structure of the balance sheet.

The financial models identify the specific cash flows, repricing timing and embedded option characteristics of the assets and liabilities held by the Corporation.  The net change in net interest income in different market rate environments is the amount of earnings at risk.  The net change in the present value of the asset and liability cash flows in different market rate environments is the amount of market value at risk.  Policies are in place to assure that neither earnings nor market value at risk exceed appropriate limits.  The use of a limited array of derivative financial instruments has allowed the Corporation to achieve the desired balance sheet repricing structure while simultaneously meeting the desired objectives of both its borrowing and depositing customers.

The models used include measures of the expected repricing characteristics of administered rate (NOW, savings and money market accounts) and non-rate related products (demand deposit accounts, other assets and other liabilities).  These measures recognize the relative insensitivity of these accounts to changes in market interest rates, as demonstrated through current and historical experiences.  In addition to contractual payment information for most other assets and liabilities, the models also include estimates of expected prepayment characteristics for those items that are likely to materially change their cash flows in different rate environments, including residential mortgage products, certain commercial and commercial real estate loans and certain mortgage-related securities.  Estimates for these sensitivities are based on industry assessments and are substantially driven by the differential between the contractual coupon of the item and current market rates for similar products.

This information is incorporated into a model that projects future net interest income levels in several different interest rate environments.  Earnings at risk are calculated by modeling net interest income in an environment where rates remain constant, and comparing this result to net interest income in a different rate environment, and then expressing this difference as a percentage of net interest income for the succeeding 12 months.  Since future interest rate moves are difficult to predict, the following table presents two potential scenarios—a gradual increase of 100bp across the entire yield curve over the course of the year (+25bp per quarter), and a gradual decrease of 100bp across the entire yield curve over the course of the year (-25bp per quarter) for the balance sheet as of June 30, 2010:

 
Hypothetical Change in Interest Rates
 
 Annual Impact
 
100 basis point gradual rise in rates
    (0.3 ) %
100 basis point gradual decline in rates
    (2.6 ) %

These results are based solely on the modeled parallel changes in market rates, and do not reflect the earnings sensitivity that may arise from other factors such as changes in the shape of the yield curve and changes in spread between key market rates.  These results also do not include any management action to mitigate potential income variances within the simulation process.  Such action could potentially include, but would not be limited to, adjustments to the repricing characteristics of any on- or off-balance sheet item with regard to short-term rate projections and current market value assessments.
 
 

 
Actual results will differ from simulated results due to the timing, magnitude, and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market conditions and management strategies.

Equity Risk
 
In addition to interest rate risk, the Corporation incurs market risk in the form of equity risk.  The Corporation invests directly and indirectly through investment funds, in private medium-sized companies to help establish new businesses or recapitalize existing ones.  These investments expose the Corporation to the change in equity values for the portfolio companies.  However, fair values are difficult to determine until an actual sale or liquidation transaction actually occurs.  At June 30, 2010, the carrying value of total private equity investments amounted to approximately $71.0 million.
 
At June 30, 2010, Wealth Management administered $121.4 billion in assets and directly managed $31.7 billion in assets.  Exposure exists to changes in equity values due to the fact that fee income is partially based on equity balances.  Quantification of this exposure is difficult due to the number of other variables affecting fee income.  Interest rate changes can also have an effect on fee income for the above-stated reasons.
 
 

 
ITEM 4.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

The Corporation maintains a set of disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by it in the reports filed by it under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), are recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Corporation in such reports is accumulated and communicated to the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.  The Corporation carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of its management, including its President and Chief Executive Officer and its Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rule 13a-15 of the Exchange Act.  Based on that evaluation, the President and Chief Executive Officer and the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective as of the end of the period covered by this report for the purposes for which they are designed.

There have been no changes in the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation discussed above that occurred during the Corporation’s last fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
 
 
 
PART II - OTHER INFORMATION


ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS
 
The Corporation has made material additions and revisions to the Risk Factors set forth in Item 1A. Risk Factors of the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009.  The amended and restated Risk Factors set forth below replace and supersede in their entirety the Risk Factors provided in the Corporation’s previous filings.
 
The Corporation’s earnings are significantly affected by general business and economic conditions, including credit risk and interest rate risk.
 
The Corporation’s business and earnings are sensitive to general business and economic conditions in the United States and, in particular, the states where it has significant operations, including Wisconsin, Arizona, Indiana, Minnesota, Missouri, Kansas and Florida.  M&I Bank FSB, a subsidiary of the Corporation, is headquartered in Nevada, but its activities are primarily outside of Nevada and it has no significant exposure to economic conditions in that state.  The general business and economic conditions described above include short-term and long-term interest rates, inflation, monetary supply, fluctuations in both debt and equity capital markets, the strength of the U.S. and local economies, real estate values, consumer spending, borrowing and saving habits, all of which are beyond the Corporation’s control.  For example, an economic downturn, increase in unemployment or higher interest rates could decrease the demand for loans and other products and services and/or result in a deterioration in credit quality and/or loan performance and collectability.  Nonpayment of loans could have an adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations and cash flows.  Higher interest rates also could increase the Corporation’s cost to borrow funds and increase the rate the Corporation pays on deposits.
 
The Corporation’s real estate loans expose the Corporation to increased credit risks.
 
A substantial portion of the Corporation’s loan and lease portfolio consists of real estate-related loans, including construction and development, commercial and residential mortgage loans, as well as home equity loans and lines of credit.  As a result, the deterioration in the U.S. real estate markets, along with the deterioration in the U.S. economy as a whole, has led to an increase in nonperforming loans and charge-offs, and the Corporation has had to increase its allowance for loan and lease losses.  In addition, lower property values have resulted in lower values for collateral securing some of these loans.  Further deterioration in the commercial or residential real estate markets and in the U.S. economy would increase the Corporation’s exposure to real estate-related credit risk and cause the Corporation to further increase its allowance for loan and lease losses, all of which would have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations.
 
Various factors may cause the Corporation’s allowance for loan and lease losses to increase.
 
The Corporation’s allowance for loan and lease losses represents management’s estimate of probable losses inherent in the Corporation’s loan and lease portfolio.  Management evaluates the allowance each quarter to determine that it is adequate to absorb these inherent losses.  This evaluation is supported by a methodology that identifies estimated losses based on assessments of individual problem loans and historical loss patterns of homogeneous loan pools.  In addition, environmental factors unique to each measurement date are also considered, including economic conditions in certain geographic or industry segments of the loan portfolio, economic trends, risk profile and portfolio composition.  The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance for loan and lease losses is highly subjective and requires management to make significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes.  If actual losses exceed the estimate, the excess losses could adversely affect the Corporation’s net income and capital.  Such excess losses may require an increase in the allowance for loan and lease losses.  Changes in economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans and other factors, many of which are outside of the Corporation’s control, may also require an increase in the allowance for loan and lease losses.  In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the adequacy of the Corporation’s allowance for loan and lease losses.  These agencies may require the Corporation to establish additional allowances for loan and lease losses based on their judgment of the information available at the time of their examinations.  Any increase in the allowance for loan and lease losses will result in a decrease in net income and capital, and would have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations.  The Corporation cannot provide any assurance that it will not sustain losses in excess of its allowance for loan and lease losses or that the Corporation will not be required to increase such allowance.
 
 
 
 
Federal and state agency regulation and enforcement actions could limit the Corporation’s activities, increase the Corporation’s cost structures or have other negative effects on the Corporation.
 
The Corporation, its subsidiary banks and many of its non-bank subsidiaries are heavily regulated at the federal and state levels.  This regulation is designed primarily to protect consumers, depositors and the banking system as a whole, not shareholders.  Congress and state legislatures and federal and state regulatory agencies continually review banking laws, regulations and policies for possible changes.  Changes to statutes, regulations or regulatory policies, including changes in their interpretation or implementation, could affect the Corporation in substantial and unpredictable ways, including limiting the types of financial services and products the Corporation may offer, increasing the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products and/or increasing the Corporation’s cost structures.
 
Federal and state regulators also have the ability to impose substantial restrictions and requirements on the Corporation’s bank and non-bank subsidiaries to the extent they determine that the Corporation or its subsidiaries have violated laws to which they are subject or have weaknesses or failures with respect to general standards of safety or soundness.  Enforcement of these restrictions may be formal or informal, and can include directors’ resolutions, memoranda of understanding, written agreements, cease and desist orders, civil money penalties or termination of deposit insurance and bank closures.  Certain enforcement actions are not publicly disclosed by federal and state regulators.  While enforcement actions may be taken without regard to the capital level of an institution, institutions that are not sufficiently capitalized in accordance with regulatory standards may also face capital directives or prompt corrective action.  Enforcement actions may require corrective steps, impose limits on activities such as acquisitions, branching, lending or deposit taking, prescribe lending parameters or require additional capital to be raised, any of which could adversely affect the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations, damage the Corporation’s reputation, cause it to incur significant expenses or restrict it from engaging in potentially profitable activities.
 
In addition, the Federal Reserve and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency have issued policy statements generally requiring insured banks and bank holding companies only to pay dividends out of current operating earnings.  On February 24, 2009, the Federal Reserve released supervisory letter SR 09-4 advising bank holding companies, among other things, that as a general matter a bank holding company should inform the Federal Reserve and should eliminate, defer or significantly reduce its dividends if (i) the bank holding company’s net income available to shareholders for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid during that period, is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends, (ii) the bank holding company’s prospective rate of earnings is not consistent with the bank holding company’s capital needs and overall current and prospective financial condition, or (iii) the bank holding company will not meet, or is in danger of not meeting, its minimum regulatory capital adequacy ratios. Currently, the Corporation is required to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve and the DFI to pay a cash dividend on its common stock.
 
A failure by the Corporation to maintain required levels of capital could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation.
 
Banking regulations require the Corporation to maintain adequate levels of capital, in order to support its operations and fund outstanding liabilities.  Furthermore, given current economic conditions, bank regulators expect banks to maintain capital levels well above statutory requirements.  Each of the Corporation’s subsidiary banks is required, or expected, to maintain specific capital levels.  If any of the subsidiary banks fails to maintain the required, or expected, capital levels, the subsidiary banks could be subject to various sanctions by federal regulators that could adversely impact the Corporation.  Such sanctions could potentially include, without limitation, the termination of deposit insurance by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, limitations on the subsidiary banks’ ability to pay dividends to the Corporation and the issuance of a capital directive by a federal regulatory authority requiring an increase in capital.
 
 
 
 
The Corporation’s ability and the ability of its subsidiary banks to raise additional capital, if needed, may be impaired by changes and trends in the capital markets that are outside the Corporation’s control.  Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the Corporation or its subsidiary banks will be able to raise additional capital, if needed, on terms acceptable to the Corporation or its subsidiary banks.
 
The Dodd-Frank Act will have a significant impact on the business and operations of the Corporation and its banking subsidiaries and will substantially increase their cost of doing business, which could, in turn, have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s results of operations and financial condition.
 
It is anticipated that the Corporation, including some or all of its banking subsidiaries, will become subject to the following provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, any or all of which may directly or indirectly increase their costs of doing business, in some cases materially:
 
·  
increased federal deposit insurance premiums to fund shortfalls in the FDIC’s deposit insurance fund;
 
·  
provisions designed to address perceived industry-wide deficiencies in the residential mortgage loan underwriting process, in part by creating new documentation requirements and underwriting criteria, and increasing the Corporation’s and its banking subsidiaries potential liability to their customers if they fail to take steps to ensure and document that each borrower has the capacity and ability to repay their loans;
 
·  
increased regulatory oversight of our consumer lending functions through the establishment of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau; and
 
·  
increasingly strict rules for capital, leverage, liquidity, risk management and other requirements applicable to large bank holding companies.
 
In addition, certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will restrict and/or prohibit the Corporation and/or M&I Bank from engaging in certain business activities, such as proprietary trading, private equity investments and certain hedging activities.  There can be no assurance that such restrictions and prohibitions will not have a material adverse effect on the Corporations business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
A significant proportion of the Dodd-Frank Act’s provisions will not become effective until the various federal bank and other regulatory agencies propose and issue regulations to give effect to those provisions.  The Corporation will continue to conduct its banking and other operations and make strategic decisions about its business during this period of legal and regulatory uncertainty consistent with existing federal and state law and the Dodd-Frank Act.  There can be no assurance that the Corporation’s or its banking subsidiaries business decisions and strategic initiatives made in response to the applicable provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, or in anticipation of the scope, content and application of the regulations under the Dodd-Frank Act, will be the correct decisions that will enable them to conduct business in a competitive manner, or that their competitors will not implement strategic initiatives to address or minimize the cost of complying with the Dodd-Frank Act or the regulations that will be more successful than those employed by the Corporation or its banking subsidiaries.
 
The Corporation expects that compliance with the Dodd-Frank Act and the rules and regulations that will be adopted thereunder may create significant additional costs to its operations and those of M&I Bank and may negatively impact their competitive position, which could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
 
 
 
There can be no assurance that legislation enacted to help stabilize the U.S. financial system will be effective in doing so.
 
The Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (the “EESA”) was signed into law in 2008 in response to the financial crises affecting the banking system and financial markets and going concern threats to investment banks and other financial institutions.  Pursuant to the EESA, the UST was granted the authority to, among other things, purchase up to $700 billion of mortgages, mortgage-backed securities and certain other financial instruments from financial institutions for the purpose of stabilizing and providing liquidity to the U.S. financial markets.  The UST announced a Capital Purchase Program (the “CPP”) under the EESA pursuant to which has purchased and will continue to purchase senior preferred stock in participating financial institutions.  On November 14, 2008, the Corporation entered into a Letter Agreement, and the related Securities Purchase Agreement – Standard Terms attached thereto, with the UST providing for the issuance to the UST of the Corporation’s Senior Preferred Stock, Series B and a warrant to purchase shares of the Corporation’s common stock at a specified price.
 
On February 17, 2009, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act (the “ARRA”) was signed into law.  The purpose of the ARRA is to make supplemental appropriations for job preservation and creation, infrastructure investment, energy efficiency and science, assistance to the unemployed, and state and local fiscal stabilization.
 
On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law.  The purpose of the Dodd-Frank Act is to promote the financial stability of the United States by improving accountability and transparency in the financial system, to protect consumers from abusive financial services practices, and for other purposes.  The provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act that are most likely to affect the Corporation are described elsewhere in this report.
 
There can be no assurance as to the actual impact that these legislative initiatives will have on the financial markets or on the Corporation.  The failure of these programs to help stabilize the financial markets and a continuation or worsening of current financial market conditions could materially and adversely affect the Corporation’s business, financial condition, results of operations, access to credit or the trading price of the Corporation’s common stock.
 
The failure of other financial institutions could adversely affect the Corporation.
 
The Corporation’s ability to engage in funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and failure of other financial institutions.  Financial institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships.  The Corporation has exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and routinely executes transactions with counterparties in the financial industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, investment banks, insurers, mutual and hedge funds, and other institutional clients.  As a result, defaults by, or even questions or rumors about, one or more financial services institutions, or the financial services industry generally, have led to market-wide liquidity problems and could lead to losses or defaults by the Corporation or other institutions.  Many of these transactions expose the Corporation to credit risk in the event of default of its counterparty or client.  In addition, the Corporation’s credit risk may be exacerbated when collateral it holds cannot be relied upon or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of exposure of the Corporation.  Any such losses could materially and adversely affect the Corporation’s results of operations.
 
Current levels of market volatility are unprecedented.
 
The capital and credit markets have been experiencing volatility and disruption since 2008.  Recently, this volatility and disruption has reached unprecedented levels, and in many cases has produced downward pressure on stock prices and credit availability for certain issuers without regard to the underlying financial strength of those issuers.  If current levels of market disruption and volatility continue or worsen, there can be no assurance that such conditions will not have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
 
 
 
The Corporation’s stock price can be volatile.
 
The Corporation’s stock price can fluctuate widely in response to a variety of factors, including the factors described elsewhere in these Risk Factors and the following additional factors:
 
·  
actual or anticipated variations in the Corporation’s quarterly results;
 
·  
changes or contemplated changes in government regulations;
 
·  
unanticipated losses or gains due to unexpected events, including losses or gains on securities held for investment purposes;
 
·  
credit quality ratings;
 
·  
new technology or services offered by the Corporation’s competitors;
 
·  
significant acquisitions or business combinations, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments by or involving the Corporation or its competitors;
 
·  
changes in accounting policies or practices; or
 
·  
failure to successfully integrate the Corporation’s acquisitions or realize anticipated benefits from the Corporation’s acquisitions.
 
Changes in the Corporation’s credit ratings could adversely affect the Corporation’s liquidity and financial condition.
 
The credit ratings of the Corporation and its subsidiaries are important factors in the Corporation’s ability to access certain types of liquidity.  A downgrade in the credit ratings of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries could potentially increase the cost of debt, limit the Corporation’s access to capital markets, require the Corporation to post collateral, or negatively impact the Corporation’s profitability.  Furthermore, a downgrade of the credit rating of securities issued by the Corporation or its subsidiaries could adversely affect the ability of the holders to sell those securities.
 
Sales or other dilution of the Corporation’s equity may adversely affect the market price of the Corporation’s common stock.
 
During 2009, the Corporation issued a significant number of shares of its common stock.  The issuance of these additional shares of common stock resulted in a material increase of outstanding shares of common stock at December 31, 2009, compared with December 31, 2008, and those additional shares were significantly dilutive to existing common shareholders.  The Corporation is not restricted from issuing additional authorized shares of common stock or securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, common stock.  The Corporation continually evaluates opportunities to access capital markets, taking into account its regulatory capital ratios, financial condition, and other relevant conditions.  Subject to market conditions, it is possible that the Corporation may take further capital actions.
 
Terrorism, acts of war, international conflicts and natural disasters could negatively affect the Corporation’s business and financial condition.
 
Acts or threats of war or terrorism, international conflicts (including conflict in the Middle East), natural disasters, and the actions taken by the U.S. and other governments in response to such events, could disrupt business operations and negatively impact general business and economic conditions in the U.S.  If terrorist activity, acts of war, other international hostilities or natural disasters disrupt business operations, trigger technology delays or failures, or damage physical facilities of the Corporation, its customers or service providers, or cause an overall economic decline, the financial condition and operating results of the Corporation could be materially adversely affected.  The potential for future occurrences of these events has created many economic and political uncertainties that could seriously harm the Corporation’s business and results of operations in ways that cannot presently be predicted.
 
 
 
 
The Corporation’s earnings also are significantly affected by the fiscal and monetary policies of the federal government and its agencies, which could affect repayment of loans and thereby materially adversely affect the Corporation.
 
The policies of the Federal Reserve Board impact the Corporation significantly.  The Federal Reserve Board regulates the supply of money and credit in the United States.  Its policies directly and indirectly influence the rate of interest earned on loans and paid on borrowings and interest-bearing deposits and can also affect the value of financial instruments the Corporation holds.  Those policies determine to a significant extent the Corporation’s cost of funds for lending and investing.  Changes in those policies are beyond the Corporation’s control and are difficult to predict.  Federal Reserve Board policies can affect the Corporation’s borrowers, potentially increasing the risk that they may fail to repay their loans.  For example, a tightening of the money supply by the Federal Reserve Board could reduce the demand for a borrower’s products and services.  This could adversely affect the borrower’s earnings and ability to repay its loan, which could materially adversely affect the Corporation.
 
The banking and financial services industry is highly competitive, which could adversely affect the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations.
 
The Corporation operates in a highly competitive environment in the products and services the Corporation offers and the markets in which the Corporation serves.  The competition among financial services providers to attract and retain customers is intense.  Customer loyalty can be easily influenced by a competitor’s new products, especially offerings that provide cost savings to the customer.  Some of the Corporation’s competitors may be better able to provide a wider range of products and services over a greater geographic area.
 
The Corporation believes the banking and financial services industry will become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and the continued consolidation of the industry.  Technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for non-banks to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks, such as automatic funds transfer and automatic payment systems.  Also, investment banks and insurance companies are competing in more banking businesses such as syndicated lending and consumer banking.  Many of the Corporation’s competitors are subject to fewer regulatory constraints and have lower cost structures.  The Corporation expects the consolidation of the banking and financial services industry to result in larger, better-capitalized companies offering a wide array of financial services and products.
 
The Corporation is subject to examinations and challenges by tax authorities, which, if not resolved in the Corporation’s favor, could adversely affect the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations and cash flows.
 
In the normal course of business, the Corporation and its affiliates are routinely subject to examinations and challenges from federal and state tax authorities regarding the amount of taxes due in connection with investments it has made and the businesses in which it is engaged.  Recently, federal and state taxing authorities have become increasingly aggressive in challenging tax positions taken by financial institutions.  These tax positions may relate to tax compliance, sales and use, franchise, gross receipts, payroll, property and income tax issues, including tax base, apportionment and tax credit planning.  The challenges made by tax authorities may result in adjustments to the timing or amount of taxable income or deductions or the allocation of income among tax jurisdictions.  If any such challenges are made and are not resolved in the Corporation’s favor, they could have an adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations and cash flows.
 
 
 
 
Consumers may decide not to use banks to complete their financial transactions, which could result in a loss of income to the Corporation.
 
Technology and other changes are allowing parties to complete financial transactions that historically have involved banks at one or both ends of the transaction.  For example, consumers can now pay bills and transfer funds directly without banks.  The process of eliminating banks as intermediaries, known as disintermediation, could result in the loss of fee income, as well as the loss of customer deposits and income generated from those deposits.
 
Maintaining or increasing the Corporation’s market share depends on market acceptance and regulatory approval of new products and services and other factors, and the Corporation’s failure to achieve such acceptance and approval could harm its market share.
 
The Corporation’s success depends, in part, on its ability to adapt its products and services to evolving industry standards and to control expenses.  There is increasing pressure on financial services companies to provide products and services at lower prices.  This can reduce the Corporation’s net interest margin and revenues from its fee-based products and services.  In addition, the Corporation’s success depends in part on its ability to generate significant levels of new business in its existing markets and in identifying and penetrating new markets.  Growth rates for card-based payment transactions and other product markets may not continue at recent levels.  Further, the widespread adoption of new technologies, including Internet-based services, could require the Corporation to make substantial expenditures to modify or adapt its existing products and services or render the Corporation’s existing products obsolete.  The Corporation may not successfully introduce new products and services, achieve market acceptance of its products and services, develop and maintain loyal customers and/or break into targeted markets.
 
The Corporation relies on dividends from its subsidiaries for most of its revenue, and the Corporation’s banking subsidiaries hold a significant portion of their assets indirectly.
 
The Corporation is a separate and distinct legal entity from its subsidiaries, and receives substantially all of its revenue from dividends from its subsidiaries.  These dividends are the principal source of funds to pay dividends on the Corporation’s common stock and interest on its debt.  The payment of dividends by a banking subsidiary is subject to federal law restrictions and to the laws of the subsidiary’s state of incorporation, and payment of dividends by M&I Bank is subject to prior approval of the Federal Reserve and the DFI.  In addition, a parent company’s right to participate in a distribution of assets upon a subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors.  Furthermore, the Company’s banking and federal savings bank subsidiaries hold a significant portion of their mortgage loan and investment portfolios indirectly through their ownership interests in direct and indirect subsidiaries.
 
The Federal Reserve recently released a supervisory letter advising bank holding companies, among other things, that as a general matter a bank holding company should inform the Federal Reserve and should eliminate, defer or significantly reduce its dividends if (i) the bank holding company’s net income available to shareholders for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid during that period, is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends, (ii) the bank holding company’s prospective rate of earnings is not consistent with the bank holding company’s capital needs and overall current and prospective financial condition, or (iii) the bank holding company will not meet, or is in danger of not meeting, its minimum regulatory capital adequacy ratios.
 
The inability of the Corporation’s banking subsidiaries to pay dividends to the Corporation for any of the reasons described above could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations.
 
 
 
 
The Corporation depends on the accuracy and completeness of information about customers and counterparties, and inaccurate or incomplete information could negatively impact the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations.
 
In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions with customers and counterparties, the Corporation may rely on information provided to it by customers and counterparties, including financial statements and other financial information.  The Corporation may also rely on representations of customers and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, on reports of independent auditors.  For example, in deciding whether to extend credit to a business, the Corporation may assume that the customer’s audited financial statements conform to generally accepted accounting principles and present fairly, in all material respects, the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the customer.  The Corporation may also rely on the audit report covering those financial statements.  The Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted to the extent it relies on financial statements that do not comply with GAAP or that are materially misleading.
 
An interruption or breach in security of the Corporation’s or the Corporation’s third party service providers’ communications and information technologies could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business.
 
The Corporation relies heavily on communications and information technology to conduct its business.  Any failure, interruption or breach in security of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in the Corporation’s customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, loan and other systems.  Despite the Corporation’s policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of such a failure, interruption or security breach of its information systems, there can be no assurance that any such events will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed.  The occurrence of any failures, interruptions or security breaches of the Corporation’s information systems could damage the Corporation’s reputation, result in a loss of customers or customer business, subject the Corporation to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose the Corporation to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations.
 
In addition, the Corporation relies on third-party service providers for a substantial portion of its communications, information, operating and financial control systems technology.  If any of these third-party service providers experiences financial, operational or technological difficulties or if there is any other disruption in the Corporation’s relationships with them, the Corporation may be required to locate alternative sources for these services.  There can be no assurance that the Corporation could negotiate terms as favorable to the Corporation or obtain services with similar functionality as it currently has without the expenditure of substantial resources, if at all.  Any of these circumstances could have a material adverse effect the Corporation’s business.
 
The Corporation’s accounting policies and methods are the basis of how the Corporation reports its financial condition and results of operations, and they may require management to make estimates about matters that are inherently uncertain.
 
The Corporation’s accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how the Corporation records and reports its financial condition and results of operations.  The Corporation’s management must exercise judgment in selecting and applying many of these accounting policies and methods in order to ensure that they comply with generally accepted accounting principles and reflect management’s judgment as to the most appropriate manner in which to record and report the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations.  In some cases, management must select the accounting policy or method to apply from two or more alternatives, any of which might be reasonable under the circumstances yet might result in the Corporation’s reporting materially different amounts than would have been reported under a different alternative.
 
The Corporation has identified three accounting policies as being “critical” to the presentation of its financial condition and results of operations because they require management to make particularly subjective and/or complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because of the likelihood that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions.  These critical accounting policies relate to:  (1) the allowance for loan and lease losses, (2) income taxes, and (3) fair value measurements.  Because of the inherent uncertainty of estimates about these matters, no assurance can be given that the application of alternative policies or methods might not result in the Corporation’s reporting materially different amounts.
 
 
 
Changes in accounting standards could adversely affect the Corporation’s reported financial results.
 
The bodies that set accounting standards for public companies, including the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), the Securities and Exchange Commission and others, periodically change or revise existing interpretations of the accounting and reporting standards that govern the way that the Corporation reports its financial condition and results of operations.  These changes can be difficult to predict and can materially impact the Corporation’s reported financial results.  In some cases, the Corporation could be required to apply a new or revised accounting standard, or a new or revised interpretation of an accounting standard, retroactively, which could have a negative impact on reported results or result in the restatement of the Corporation’s financial statements for prior periods.
 
The Corporation has an acquisition program, which involves risks related to integration of acquired companies or businesses and the potential for the dilution of the value of the Corporation’s stock.
 
The Corporation regularly explores opportunities to acquire banking institutions and other financial services providers.  The Corporation cannot predict the number, size or timing of future acquisitions.  The Corporation typically does not publicly comment on a possible acquisition or business combination until it has signed a definitive agreement for the transaction.  Once the Corporation has signed a definitive agreement, transactions of this type are generally subject to regulatory approvals and other customary conditions.  There can be no assurance the Corporation will receive such regulatory approvals without unexpected delays or conditions or that such conditions will be timely met to the Corporation’s satisfaction, or at all.
 
Difficulty in integrating an acquired company or business may cause the Corporation not to realize expected revenue increases, cost savings, increases in geographic or product presence, and/or other projected benefits from the acquisition.  Specifically, the integration process could result in higher than expected deposit attrition (run-off), loss of customers and key employees, the disruption of the Corporation’s business or the business of the acquired company, or otherwise adversely affect the Corporation’s ability to maintain existing relationships with clients, employees and suppliers or to enter into new business relationships.  The Corporation may not be able to successfully leverage the combined product offerings to the combined customer base.  These factors could contribute to the Corporation not achieving the anticipated benefits of the acquisition within the desired time frames, if at all.
 
Future acquisitions could require the Corporation to issue stock, to use substantial cash or liquid assets or to incur debt.  In such cases, the value of the Corporation stock could be diluted and the Corporation could become more susceptible to economic downturns and competitive pressures.
 
The Corporation is dependent on senior management, and the loss of the services of any of the Corporation’s senior executive officers could cause the Corporation’s business to suffer.
 
The Corporation’s continued success depends to a significant extent upon the continued services of its senior management.  The loss of services of any of the Corporation’s senior executive officers could cause the Corporation’s business to suffer.  In addition, the Corporation’s success depends in part upon senior management’s ability to implement the Corporation’s business strategy.
 
 
 
The Corporation may be a defendant in a variety of litigation and other actions, which may have a material adverse effect on its business, operating results and financial condition.
 
The Corporation and its subsidiaries may be involved from time to time in a variety of litigation arising out of the Corporation’s business.  The Corporation’s insurance may not cover all claims that may be asserted against it, and any claims asserted against the Corporation, regardless of merit or eventual outcome, may harm the Corporation’s reputation.  Should the ultimate judgments or settlements in any litigation exceed the Corporation’s insurance coverage, they could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business, operating results and financial condition and cash flows.  In addition, the Corporation may not be able to obtain appropriate types or levels of insurance in the future, nor may the Corporation be able to obtain adequate replacement policies with acceptable terms, if at all.
 
If the Corporation’s share distribution and transactions related to the separation of the Corporation and its data processing subsidiary formerly known as Metavante Corporation in November 2007 do not qualify as tax-free distributions or reorganizations under the Internal Revenue Code, then the Corporation and the Corporation’s shareholders may be responsible for payment of significant U.S. federal income taxes.
 
In transactions related to the separation of the Corporation and its data processing subsidiary formerly known as Metavante Corporation in November 2007, old M&I distributed shares of its common stock to effect the Separation.  If the share distribution does not qualify as a tax-free distribution under Section 355 of the Internal Revenue Code, Metavante Corporation’s successor entity would recognize a taxable gain that would result in significant U.S. federal income tax liabilities to Metavante Corporation’s successor entity.  Metavante Corporation’s successor entity would be primarily liable for these taxes and the Corporation would be secondarily liable.  Under the terms of a tax allocation agreement related to the separation, the Corporation will generally be required to indemnify against any such taxes unless such taxes would not have been imposed but for an act of Metavante Corporation’s successor entity, subject to specified exceptions.
 
Even if the Corporation’s share distribution otherwise qualifies as a tax-free distribution under Section 355 of the Internal Revenue Code, the distribution would result in significant U.S. federal income tax liabilities to Metavante Corporation’s successor entity if there is an acquisition of the Corporation’s common stock or the stock of Metavante Corporation’s successor entity as part of a plan or series of related transactions that includes the Corporation’s share distribution and that results in an acquisition of 50% or more of the such stock.  In this situation, the Corporation may be required to indemnify Metavante Corporation’s successor entity under the terms of a tax allocation agreement related to the separation unless such taxes would not have been imposed but for specified acts of Metavante Corporation’s successor entity.  In addition, mutual indemnity obligations in the tax allocation agreement could discourage or prevent a third party from making a proposal to acquire the Corporation.
 
 
 

ITEM 2.  UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS.

 
The following table reflects the purchases of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation stock for the specified period:


               
Total Number
   
Maximum Number
 
               
of Shares
   
of Shares that
 
               
Purchased as
   
May Yet Be
 
   
Total Number
   
Average
   
Part of Publicly
   
Purchased
 
   
of Shares
   
Price Paid
   
Announced Plans
   
Under the Plans
 
   
Purchased (1)
   
per Share
   
or Programs
   
or Programs
 
April 1 to April 30, 2010
    7,739     $ 7.38       N/A       N/A  
May 1 to May 31, 2010
    3,310       8.05       N/A       N/A  
 June 1 to June 30, 2010
    9,784       9.25       N/A       N/A  
Total
    20,833     $ 8.37       N/A          


(1)
Includes shares purchased by rabbi trusts pursuant to nonqualified deferred compensation plans.

In connection with the Corporation’s participation in the Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”), the consent of the United States Treasury will be required for the Corporation to repurchase its common stock other than in connection with benefit plans consistent with past practice and certain other specified circumstances.  See Item 2, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for additional information regarding the CPP.

The Corporation’s Share Repurchase Program expired and was not reconfirmed in April 2009.


 
 
ITEM 6.  EXHIBITS.


Exhibit 11
 
Statement Regarding Computation of Earnings Per Common Share, Incorporated by Reference to Note 5 of Notes to Financial Statements contained in Item 1 - Financial Statements (Unaudited) of Part I - Financial Information herein.
     
Exhibit 12
 
Statement Regarding Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
     
Exhibit 31(i)
 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/Rule 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
     
Exhibit 31(ii)
 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/Rule 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
     
Exhibit 32(i)
 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.
     
Exhibit 32(ii)
 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.




SIGNATURES



Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.


MARSHALL & ILSLEY CORPORATION
(Registrant)



/s/ Patricia R. Justiliano
______________________________________
Patricia R. Justiliano
Senior Vice President and Corporate Controller
(Chief Accounting Officer)




/s/ James E. Sandy
______________________________________
James E. Sandy
Vice President




August 9, 2010

 
 
 
EXHIBIT INDEX


Exhibit Number
Description of Exhibit
     
 
Statement Regarding Computation of Earnings Per Common Share, Incorporated by Reference to Note 5 of Notes to Financial Statements contained in Item 1 - Financial Statements (Unaudited) of Part I - Financial Information herein.
     
12
 
Statement Regarding Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
     
31(i)
 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/Rule 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
     
31(ii)
 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/Rule 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
     
32(i)
 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.
     
32(ii)
 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.

 
 
116